WO2023279969A1 - Data transmission method and communication apparatus - Google Patents

Data transmission method and communication apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023279969A1
WO2023279969A1 PCT/CN2022/100588 CN2022100588W WO2023279969A1 WO 2023279969 A1 WO2023279969 A1 WO 2023279969A1 CN 2022100588 W CN2022100588 W CN 2022100588W WO 2023279969 A1 WO2023279969 A1 WO 2023279969A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
candidate control
dci
information
time
control channels
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/100588
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
罗之虎
金哲
侯海龙
曲韦霖
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023279969A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023279969A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0446Resources in time domain, e.g. slots or frames
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0453Resources in frequency domain, e.g. a carrier in FDMA
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/12Wireless traffic scheduling

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the technical field of communication, and in particular to a data transmission method and a communication device.
  • the minimum channel bandwidth supported by NR is 5MHz. Based on the existing protocol framework, the minimum bandwidth supported by narrowband IoT terminals should be 5MHz.
  • the existing Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) structure is used, when the subcarrier spacing is 30kHz, the Control Resource Set (CORESET) occupies 3 OFDM ( Orthogonal Frequency-Division Multiplexing, OFDM) symbols, the bandwidths occupied by candidate PDCCHs with aggregation levels (Aggregation level, AL) of 8 and 16 in the frequency domain are 5.76MHz and 11.52MHz, respectively, where AL refers to the control that constitutes the candidate PDCCH Channel unit (Control-channel element, CCE) quantity.
  • AL refers to the control that constitutes the candidate PDCCH Channel unit (Control-channel element, CCE) quantity.
  • the NB-IoT terminal cannot receive candidate PDCCHs with aggregation levels 8 and 16 based on the 5MHz bandwidth capability. How to enable narrowband IoT terminals to receive candidate PDCCHs with a high aggregation level is an urgent problem to be solved.
  • the present application provides a data transmission method and a communication device, which enable terminal equipment with low bandwidth capabilities to receive candidate control channels with a high aggregation level.
  • the present application provides a data transmission method, the method comprising: a network device determines a first candidate control channel, the first candidate control channel is composed of N second candidate control channels, and the first candidate control channel
  • the aggregation level of the second candidate control channel is K
  • the aggregation level of the second candidate control channel is M
  • N is greater than 1
  • M is smaller than K
  • the network device sends downlink control information DCI to the terminal device on the first candidate control channel.
  • the candidate control channel with a smaller aggregation level occupies a bandwidth smaller.
  • a terminal device with a lower bandwidth capability can receive a candidate control channel with a high aggregation level sent by a network device.
  • the DCI carries first information and second information, and the first information and the second information are used by the terminal device to determine the first physical channel or the first physical channel scheduled by the DCI.
  • the time domain resource of the reference signal; the first information is used to determine the time unit at which the DCI ends, and the second information is used to determine the time interval between the time unit at which the DCI ends and the time unit at which the first physical channel starts transmission, or, the second The information is used to determine the time interval between the time unit at which the DCI ends and the time unit at which the transmission of the reference signal starts.
  • the present application provides a data transmission method, the method includes: a terminal device receives downlink control information DCI from a network device, the DCI is sent by the network device through a first candidate control channel, the first candidate control channel It consists of N second candidate control channels, the aggregation level of the first candidate control channel is K, the aggregation level of the second candidate control channel is M, N is greater than 1, and M is less than K; the terminal device determines the first DCI scheduling according to the DCI A time-domain resource of a physical channel or reference signal.
  • the DCI carries first information and second information
  • the first information is used to determine the time unit at which the DCI ends
  • the second information is used to determine the time unit at which the DCI ends
  • the time interval between the time unit and the time unit at which the first physical channel starts to transmit, or the second information is used to determine the time interval between the time unit at which the DCI ends and the time unit at which the reference signal starts to transmit;
  • this step specifically includes: the terminal device determines the time domain resource of the first physical channel or reference signal scheduled by the DCI according to the first information and the second information resource.
  • K is greater than the first threshold.
  • the first threshold may be a preset value, or the first threshold is configured by the network device, or the first threshold is associated with the bandwidth capability of the terminal device.
  • the network device By setting the first threshold, it can be avoided that when a terminal device with a low bandwidth capability can receive the first candidate control channel whose aggregation level is less than or equal to the first threshold, the network device still splits the first candidate control channel whose aggregation level is less than the first threshold. Divided into multiple second candidate control channels, so that the DCI transmission delay increases.
  • the network implementation is more flexible, the network device can complete the sending of the DCI as soon as possible, and at the same time, the terminal device can also complete the receiving of the DCI as soon as possible, reducing the DCI transmission delay.
  • N, M and K satisfy: or Based on this implementation manner, a terminal device with a lower bandwidth capability can receive a candidate control channel with a high aggregation level sent by a network device.
  • the N second candidate control channels belong to the same search space set.
  • the N second candidate control channels can use the same search space set configuration parameters, which can reduce the signaling overhead of the search space set configuration.
  • the N second candidate control channels are located in the same time slot, or the N second candidate control channels are located in different time slots.
  • the N second candidate control channels are located in the same time slot, which can reduce the DCI transmission delay; the N second candidate control channels are located in different time slots, which can reduce the number of DCI monitoring times, thereby reducing the cost of terminal equipment. Detect DCI power consumption.
  • the N second candidate control channels are located in the same time slot; the N second candidate control channels occupy consecutive OFDM symbols in the same time slot, or the N second candidate control channels
  • the control channel occupies discontinuous OFDM symbols in the same time slot.
  • N second candidate control channels occupy continuous OFDM symbols in the same time slot, which can reduce DCI transmission delay;
  • N second candidate control channels in the same time slot Occupying discontinuous OFDM symbols can prevent the downlink channel from being occupied by terminal equipment with low bandwidth capability for a long time, and the network equipment can allocate OFDM symbols that are not occupied by N second candidate control channels in the same time slot to other terminal equipment for use .
  • the N second candidate control channels are located in different time slots; the N second candidate control channels are located in consecutive time slots.
  • the N second candidate control channels are located in different time slots, which can prevent the downlink channel from being occupied by terminal equipment with low bandwidth capability for a long time, and the network device can use OFDM symbols that are not occupied by the N second candidate control channels Distributed to other terminal equipment for use. DCI transmission delay can be reduced by constraining the N second candidate control channels to be located in consecutive time slots.
  • the N second candidate control channels belong to multiple search space sets. Based on this implementation manner, the configuration of the second candidate control channel by the network device can be made more flexible.
  • the multiple search space sets are associated with the same control resource set CORESET index, or the multiple search space sets are associated with different CORESET indexes. Based on this implementation, the multiple search space sets are associated with the same CORESET index, and the N second candidate control channels can use the same CORESET configuration parameters, which can reduce the CORESET configuration signaling overhead. The plurality of search space sets are associated with different CORESET indexes, so that the network device can implement more flexibly.
  • the multiple search space sets correspond to the same DCI format. Based on this implementation, the same DCI can be transmitted in multiple sets of search spaces.
  • the detection periods of the multiple search space sets are the same, and the time slot offsets are different. Based on this implementation, the configuration signaling overhead of multiple search space sets can be saved.
  • the transmission configuration indication states corresponding to the N second candidate control channels are the same or different.
  • the transmission configuration indication states corresponding to the N second candidate control channels are the same, and the N second candidate control channels can be used for joint channel estimation, which can improve the channel estimation performance and further improve the DCI transmission performance; N second candidate control channels
  • the transmission configuration indication states corresponding to the candidate control channels are different, which can obtain diversity gain and improve DCI transmission performance.
  • the N second candidate control channels occupy the same frequency domain positions and different time domain positions. Based on this implementation manner, a terminal device with a lower bandwidth capability can receive a candidate control channel with a high aggregation level sent by a network device.
  • the bandwidth occupied by the first candidate control channel in the frequency domain is the same as the bandwidth occupied by the second candidate control channel in the frequency domain. Based on this implementation manner, a terminal device with a lower bandwidth capability can receive a candidate control channel with a high aggregation level sent by a network device.
  • the present application provides a data transmission method, the method includes: a network device determines downlink control information DCI, the DCI carries first information and second information, and the first information and the second information are used by the terminal The device determines the time domain resources of the first physical channel or reference signal scheduled by the DCI; the first information is used to determine the time unit at which the DCI ends, and the second information is used to determine the time unit at which the DCI ends and the time when the first physical channel starts transmission The time interval between units, or, the second information is used to determine the time interval between the time unit when the DCI ends and the time unit when the reference signal starts to be transmitted; the network device sends the DCI to the terminal device. Based on this implementation manner, it is beneficial for the terminal device to more accurately determine the time-domain resource for DCI scheduling.
  • the present application provides a data transmission method, the method comprising: a terminal device receives downlink control information DCI from a network device, the DCI carries first information and second information, and the first information is used to determine the DCI The end time unit, the second information is used to determine the time interval between the end time unit of the DCI and the time unit when the first physical channel starts transmission, or the second information is used to determine the end time unit of the DCI and the reference signal A time interval between time units for starting transmission; the terminal device determines the time-domain resource of the first physical channel or reference signal scheduled by the DCI according to the first information and the second information.
  • a terminal device receives downlink control information DCI from a network device, the DCI carries first information and second information, and the first information is used to determine the DCI The end time unit, the second information is used to determine the time interval between the end time unit of the DCI and the time unit when the first physical channel starts transmission, or the second information is used to determine the end time unit of the DCI and the reference signal A time
  • the present application provides a data transmission method, the method comprising: a network device determines at least one frequency position of an initial partial bandwidth BWP in a first direction; the network device sends configuration information to a terminal device, and the configuration information is used to configure The frequency position of at least one initial BWP in the first direction; the network device determines the frequency position of at least one initial BWP in the second direction according to the frequency position of at least one initial BWP in the first direction; the network device determines the frequency position of at least one initial BWP in the first direction according to the frequency position and The frequency position of at least one initial BWP in the second direction is communicated with the terminal device.
  • configuration information since the configuration information only needs to contain the frequency position information used to determine the initial BWP in the first direction, it does not need to contain the frequency position information used to determine the initial BWP in the second direction, so configuration information can be saved signaling overhead.
  • the configuration information is used to indicate the number P of random access channel PRACH transmission opportunities and the starting positions of the P PRACH transmission opportunities in the frequency domain;
  • this step specifically includes: the network device determines at least one frequency position of the initial BWP in the first direction according to the number P of PRACH transmission opportunities and the starting positions of the P PRACH transmission opportunities in the frequency domain .
  • the P PRACH transmission opportunities are frequency multiplexed.
  • a start position of one first direction initial BWP in the at least one first direction initial BWP in the frequency domain is the same as a start position of the P PRACH transmission opportunities in the frequency domain.
  • the frequency bandwidth occupied by one initial BWP in the first direction among the at least one initial BWP in the first direction is the same as the frequency bandwidth occupied by C PRACH transmission opportunities among the P PRACH transmission opportunities, where C is a positive integer less than or equal to P.
  • the P PRACH transmission opportunities are recorded as PRACH transmission opportunity 0, PRACH transmission opportunity 1,..., PRACH transmission opportunity P-1 in order of frequency from low to high, and the C PRACH transmission opportunities are C PRACH transmission opportunities starting from the PRACH transmission opportunity 0.
  • the starting position of one first direction initial BWP in the at least one first direction initial BWP in the frequency domain is equal to the frequency of the Fth PRACH transmission opportunity among the P PRACH transmission opportunities
  • the starting position is the same, where F is a positive integer less than or equal to P.
  • the P PRACH transmission opportunities are recorded as PRACH transmission opportunity 0, PRACH transmission opportunity 1,..., PRACH transmission opportunity P-1 in order of frequency from low to high, and the Fth PRACH transmission opportunity is the PRACH transmission opportunity with index number F-1.
  • a frequency bandwidth occupied by one first-direction initial BWP among the at least one first-direction initial BWP is smaller than or equal to a maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device.
  • the center frequency position of the initial BWP in the first direction is the same as the center frequency of the initial BWP in the second direction, and the number of PRBs of the initial BWP in the first direction is the same as that of the initial BWP in the second direction .
  • configuration information is carried in system information.
  • the first direction is uplink
  • the second direction is downlink
  • the first direction is downlink
  • the second direction is uplink
  • the present application provides a method for data transmission.
  • the terminal device receives configuration information sent by the network device, and the configuration information is used to configure at least one frequency position of the initial BWP in the first direction; the terminal device determines at least one frequency position according to the configuration information.
  • the frequency location of the initial BWP in at least one second direction is communicated with the network device.
  • the configuration information is used to indicate the number P of random access channel PRACH transmission opportunities and the starting positions of the P PRACH transmission opportunities in the frequency domain;
  • this step specifically includes: the terminal device determines at least one frequency position of the initial BWP in the first direction according to the number P of PRACH transmission opportunities and the starting positions of the P PRACH transmission opportunities in the frequency domain ;
  • the P PRACH transmission opportunities are frequency multiplexed.
  • a start position of one first direction initial BWP in the at least one first direction initial BWP in the frequency domain is the same as a start position of the P PRACH transmission opportunities in the frequency domain.
  • the frequency bandwidth occupied by one initial BWP in the first direction among the at least one initial BWP in the first direction is the same as the frequency bandwidth occupied by C PRACH transmission opportunities among the P PRACH transmission opportunities, where C is a positive integer less than or equal to P.
  • the P PRACH transmission opportunities are recorded as PRACH transmission opportunity 0, PRACH transmission opportunity 1,..., PRACH transmission opportunity P-1 in order of frequency from low to high, and the C PRACH transmission opportunities are C PRACH transmission opportunities starting from the PRACH transmission opportunity 0.
  • the starting position of one first direction initial BWP in the at least one first direction initial BWP in the frequency domain is equal to the frequency of the Fth PRACH transmission opportunity among the P PRACH transmission opportunities
  • the starting position is the same, where F is a positive integer less than or equal to P.
  • the P PRACH transmission opportunities are recorded as PRACH transmission opportunity 0, PRACH transmission opportunity 1,..., PRACH transmission opportunity P-1 in order of frequency from low to high, and the Fth PRACH transmission opportunity is the PRACH transmission opportunity with index number F-1.
  • a frequency bandwidth occupied by one first-direction initial BWP among the at least one first-direction initial BWP is smaller than or equal to a maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device.
  • the center frequency position of the initial BWP in the first direction is the same as the center frequency of the initial BWP in the second direction, and the number of PRBs of the initial BWP in the first direction is the same as that of the initial BWP in the second direction .
  • configuration information is carried in system information.
  • the first direction is uplink
  • the second direction is downlink
  • the first direction is downlink
  • the second direction is uplink
  • the present application provides a data transmission method, the method comprising: a network device determines a first initial uplink BWP, where the first initial uplink BWP is one of multiple initial BWPs; the network device sends indication information to the terminal device , the indication information is used to indicate the index of the first initial uplink BWP in the multiple initial uplink BWPs. Based on the method described in the seventh aspect, the network device indicates the first initial uplink BWP for the terminal device, which is more flexible. The terminal device performs random access based on the first initial uplink BWP by receiving the indicated first initial uplink BWP, which can improve Probability of random access success.
  • the indication information is carried in the first DCI.
  • the cyclic redundancy check (CRC) of the first DCI is scrambled by using the cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI.
  • the first DCI is used to trigger the random access process, and the first DCI also includes one or more of the following: random access preamble index, normal uplink/supplementary uplink UL/SUL indication, synchronization Signal and physical broadcast channel SS/PBCH index, random access channel PRACH mask index.
  • the method before the network device sends the indication information, the method further includes: the network device sends random access resource configuration information to the terminal device, and the random access resource configuration information includes A random access resource configuration information.
  • Resource type configuration information, A does not exceed the number B of SSBs associated with one PRACH opportunity.
  • the present application provides a method for data transmission, the method comprising: a terminal device receiving indication information sent by a network device, where the indication information is used to indicate the index of the first initial uplink BWP among the multiple initial uplink BWPs The terminal device determines the first initial uplink BWP based on the index of the first initial uplink BWP in the multiple initial uplink BWPs; the terminal device initiates random access to the network device based on the first initial uplink BWP.
  • the indication information is carried in the first DCI.
  • the cyclic redundancy check (CRC) of the first DCI is scrambled by using the cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI.
  • the first DCI is used to trigger the random access process, and the first DCI also includes one or more of the following: random access preamble index, normal uplink/supplementary uplink UL/SUL indication, synchronization signal And physical broadcast channel SS/PBCH index, random access channel PRACH mask index.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device receives random access resource configuration information sent by the network device, and the random access resource configuration information includes A The configuration information of the random access resource type, A does not exceed the number B of SSBs associated with a PRACH opportunity; the terminal device determines the random access resource corresponding to the terminal device type according to the random access resource configuration information;
  • this step specifically includes: the terminal device initiates random access to the network device according to the first initial uplink BWP and the random access resource corresponding to the terminal device type.
  • the present application provides a communication device.
  • the device may be a network device, or a device in the network device, or a device that can be matched with the network device.
  • the communication device may also be a system on a chip.
  • the communication device may execute the method described in the first aspect, the third aspect, the fifth aspect or the seventh aspect.
  • the functions of the communication device may be realized by hardware, or may be realized by executing corresponding software by hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more units or modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • the unit or module can be software and/or hardware.
  • the present application provides a communication device.
  • the device may be a terminal device, or a device in the terminal device, or a device that can be matched with the terminal device.
  • the communication device may execute the method described in the second aspect, the fourth aspect, the sixth aspect, or the eighth aspect.
  • the functions of the communication device may be realized by hardware, or may be realized by executing corresponding software by hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more units or modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • the unit or module can be software and/or hardware.
  • the present application provides a communication device, the communication device includes a processor, and when the processor calls the computer program in the memory, the method according to any one of the first aspect to the eighth aspect is executed implement.
  • the present application provides a communication device, the communication device includes a processor and a memory, and the processor and the memory are coupled; the processor is used to implement the method according to any one of the first aspect to the eighth aspect.
  • the present application provides a communication device.
  • the communication device includes a processor and an interface circuit.
  • the signal is sent to other communication devices other than the communication device, and the processor implements the method according to any one of the first aspect to the eighth aspect through a logic circuit or executing code instructions.
  • the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, in which computer programs or instructions are stored. When the computer programs or instructions are executed by a communication device, any one of the first to eighth aspects can be realized. item method.
  • the present application provides a computer program product including instructions. When a computer reads and executes the computer program product, the computer executes the method according to any one of the first aspect to the eighth aspect.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a resource structure of a resource unit group
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a control channel unit corresponding to a resource unit group provided in an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a candidate control channel provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a set of search spaces provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a communication system architecture provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5A is a schematic diagram of a communication network architecture provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5B is a schematic diagram of a communication network architecture provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5C is a schematic diagram of a communication network architecture provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a data transmission method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a first candidate control channel provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of another first candidate control channel provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of another first candidate control channel provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of another first candidate control channel provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of another first candidate control channel provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 12 is a schematic diagram of a second information indication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 13 is a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of frequency domain positions of a partial bandwidth provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • At least one (item) means one or more
  • multiple means two or more
  • at least two (items) means two or three and three
  • “and/or” is used to describe the corresponding relationship between associated objects, indicating that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, “A and/or B” can mean: only A exists, only B exists, and A and B exist simultaneously. A case where A and B can be singular or plural.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the contextual objects are an "or” relationship.
  • At least one of the following” or similar expressions refer to any combination of these items, including any combination of single or plural items.
  • At least one item (piece) of a, b or c can mean: a, b, c, "a and b", “a and c", “b and c", or "a and b and c ", where a, b, c can be single or multiple.
  • this embodiment of the present application provides a data transmission method.
  • the technical terms involved in this application are first described below. Make an introduction:
  • Subcarriers In an Orthogonal Frequency-Division Multiplexing (OFDM) system, frequency domain resources are divided into several sub-resources, which can be called a sub-carrier. A subcarrier is the smallest granularity of frequency domain resources.
  • OFDM Orthogonal Frequency-Division Multiplexing
  • the subcarrier spacing refers to the interval value between the center positions or peak positions of two adjacent subcarriers in the frequency domain.
  • the subcarrier spacing in the long term evolution (LTE) system is 15kHz
  • the subcarrier spacing in the New Radio (NR) system can be 15kHz, or 30kHz, or 60kHz, or 120kHz, etc.
  • Resource block N consecutive subcarriers in the frequency domain may be called a resource block.
  • one resource block in the LTE system includes 12 subcarriers
  • one resource block in the NR system also includes 12 subcarriers.
  • the number of subcarriers included in a resource block may also be other values.
  • OFDM symbol The OFDM symbol is the smallest time unit in the time domain in the OFDM system.
  • Time slot refers to a time unit in the time domain.
  • a time slot in the NR system includes 14 OFDM symbols, the length of the time slot corresponding to the 15kHz sub-carrier spacing is 1ms, the length of the time slot corresponding to the 30kHz sub-carrier spacing is 0.5ms, and the length of the time slot corresponding to the 60kHz sub-carrier spacing is 0.25ms.
  • the time slot length of 120kHz sub-carrier spacing is 0.125ms, and the time slot length of 240kHz sub-carrier spacing is 0.0625ms.
  • DCI Downlink Control Information
  • PDCCH Downlink Control Information
  • Control-resource set is a set of physical resources, consisting of multiple physical resource blocks (Physical Resource Block, PRB) in the frequency domain and 1 to 3 OFDM symbols in the time domain , the time-frequency resource size and time-frequency position occupied by CORESET can be semi-statically configured according to the high-level parameters.
  • PRB Physical Resource Block
  • Resource-element group REG is a physical resource unit that occupies one OFDM symbol in the time domain and one resource block in the frequency domain.
  • one REG includes 12 resource elements (resource element, RE).
  • RE resource element
  • 3 REs are used to map PDCCH demodulation reference signals
  • the other 9 REs are used to map DCI REs.
  • the REs used for mapping the PDCCH demodulation reference signal are evenly distributed in the REG, and are located in subcarriers numbered 1, 5, and 9 in the REG.
  • CCE is the basic unit that constitutes the PDCCH.
  • One CCE corresponds to 6 REGs.
  • Each CCE in the CORESET will have a corresponding index number, and each CCE index number will have a corresponding relationship with the index numbers of the 6 REGs to which it is mapped.
  • a CORESET contains 24 REGs, among which REGs with index numbers 0-5 correspond to CCE1, REGs with index numbers 6-11 correspond to CCE2, REGs with index numbers 12-17 correspond to CCE3, and REGs with index numbers 18-17 correspond to CCE3.
  • the REG of 23 corresponds to CCE4.
  • there may be other correspondence between the index number of the REG and the index number of the CCE which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • Aggregation level refers to the number of CCEs that make up the PDCCH, that is, a PDCCH is composed of K CCEs, and the aggregation level of the PDCCH is K.
  • the high aggregation level PDCCH described in this application means that the aggregation level K of the PDCCH is relatively large, and the low aggregation level PDCCH described in this application means that the aggregation level K of the PDCCH is relatively small.
  • the aggregation level of the first PDCCH is K
  • the aggregation level of the second PDCCH is M
  • K is greater than M
  • the first PDCCH is a PDCCH with a high aggregation level
  • the second PDCCH is a PDCCH with a low aggregation level
  • the first PDCCH The aggregation level of is higher than the aggregation level of the second PDCCH.
  • the aggregation level supported by the PDCCH is 1, 2, 4, 8 or 16.
  • Candidate PDCCH (PDCCH candidate): The candidate PDCCH refers to the PDCCH to be blindly detected. Since the aggregation level of the PDCCH actually sent by the base station changes with time, and since there is no relevant signaling to inform the terminal device of the aggregation level of the currently transmitted PDCCH and the type of information currently transmitted, the terminal device needs to blindly detect the PDCCH with different aggregation levels. For example, the terminal device detects that the current CCE0 is a candidate PDCCH with an aggregation level of 1. If the detection is successful, it determines that the current CCE0 is a candidate PDDCH with an aggregation level of 1.
  • the detection fails, it uses the current CCE0 and CCE1 as the candidate PDDCH with an aggregation level of 2. If the detection is successful, the current CCE0 and CCE1 are determined to be candidate PDDCHs with an aggregation level of 2; if the detection fails, the detection is continued in this way.
  • the detection manner is only an example of the present application, and the terminal device may also perform detection in other manners, which is not limited in the present application.
  • the verification method of the terminal device on the candidate PDCCH is cyclic redundancy check (Cyclic Redundancy Check). If the verification is passed, the content of the decoded PDCCH is considered valid for the terminal device, and the decoded related information is processed.
  • Search space refers to the set of candidate PDCCHs under a certain aggregation level.
  • the CORESET contains multiple candidate PDCCHs of aggregation levels
  • CCE0 is a candidate PDCCH of aggregation level 1
  • CCE2 and CCE3 form a candidate PDCCH of aggregation level 2
  • CCE4 to CCE7 form a candidate PDCCH of aggregation level 2.
  • candidate PDDCHs, CCE8-CCE15 form candidate PDDCHs with an aggregation level of 8, where the first search space is the set of candidate PDCCHs with an aggregation level of 1, and the second search space is the set of candidate PDCCHs with an aggregation level of 2.
  • the third search space is a set of candidate PDCCHs whose aggregation level is 4, and the fourth search space is a set of candidate PDCCHs whose aggregation level is 8.
  • Search space set refers to a set that includes multiple search spaces.
  • the network device can configure one or more search space sets for the terminal device, and the terminal device can receive and parse the DCI carried in the candidate PDCCH in the search space set.
  • There are two types of search space sets one is the common search space set (Common Search Space Set, CSS set), and the other is the user terminal-specific search space set (UE-specific Search Space Set, USS set).
  • the PDCCH of the common search space set is mainly used to indicate the reception of system messages, random access responses, and paging messages, etc.
  • the PDCCH of the UE-specific search space set is used to indicate the uplink/downlink data scheduled by the network equipment.
  • the configuration information of the search space set is shown in Table 1:
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a search space set provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the detection period of the search space set is 5 slots
  • the time slot offset is 1 slot
  • the number of time slots is 1 slot
  • the control resource set index corresponds to a CORESET occupying 3 OFDM symbols
  • the symbol positions are OFDM symbol 0 and OFDM symbol 5 in Slot 1. That is, every 10 slots of the terminal device is a detection cycle, and the candidate PDCCH is detected on the CORESET corresponding to OFDM symbol 0-OFDM symbol 2 and OFDM symbol 5-OFDM symbol 7 in Slot 1 in the detection cycle.
  • system architecture of the method provided by the embodiments of the present application will be briefly described below. It can be understood that the system architecture described in the embodiments of the present application is for more clearly illustrating the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, and does not constitute a limitation on the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application.
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as satellite communication systems and traditional mobile communication systems.
  • the satellite communication system may be integrated with a traditional mobile communication system (ie, a ground communication system).
  • Communication systems such as: wireless local area network (wireless local area network, WLAN) communication system, wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, WiFi) system, long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (frequency division duplex, FDD) ) system, LTE time division duplex (time division duplex, TDD), fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) system or new radio (new radio, NR), sixth generation (6th generation, 6G) system, and other future Communication systems, etc., also support communication systems that integrate multiple wireless technologies. For example, they can also be applied to non-terrestrial networks such as unmanned aerial vehicles, satellite communication systems, and high altitude platform station (HAPS) communications.
  • NTN is a system that integrates terrestrial mobile communication networks.
  • FIG. 5 is an example of a communication system applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system includes at least one network device and at least one terminal device. Referring to Figure 5, it includes network equipment and 6 terminal equipment.
  • the 6 terminal devices may be cellular phones, smart phones, portable computers, handheld communication devices, handheld computing devices, satellite radios, global positioning systems, PDAs and/or any other suitable devices for communicating over a wireless communication system, And can be connected with network equipment. These six terminal devices are all capable of communicating with network devices.
  • the number of terminal devices in FIG. 5 is just an example, and may be less or more.
  • the network equipment in this application can be an evolved base station (evolved Node B, eNB or eNodeB) in LTE; or a base station in a 5G network, a broadband network gateway (broadband network gateway, BNG), an aggregation switch or a non-third-generation
  • eNB evolved Node B
  • BNG broadband network gateway
  • aggregation switch or a non-third-generation
  • the partner project (3rd generation partnership project, 3GPP) access device and the like are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the base stations in this embodiment of the present application may include various forms of base stations, such as: macro base stations, micro base stations (also called small stations), relay stations, access points, next-generation base stations (gNodeB, gNB), transmission Access point (transmitting and receiving point, TRP), transmitting point (transmitting point, TP), mobile switching center and device-to-device (Device-to-Device, D2D), vehicle outreach (vehicle-to-everything, V2X) , machine-to-machine (machine-to-machine, M2M) communication, Internet of Things (Internet of Things) communication, devices that undertake base station functions, etc., are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • base stations such as: macro base stations, micro base stations (also called small stations), relay stations, access points, next-generation base stations (gNodeB, gNB), transmission Access point (transmitting and receiving point, TRP), transmitting point (transmitting point, TP), mobile switching center and device-to-
  • Network devices can communicate and interact with core network devices to provide communication services to terminal devices.
  • the core network device is, for example, a device in a 5G network core network (core network, CN).
  • core network As a bearer network, the core network provides an interface to the data network, and provides communication connection, authentication, management, policy control, and bearer for data services for user equipment (UE).
  • Network devices are connected to core network devices through wireless or wired methods.
  • Core network equipment and network equipment can be independent and different physical equipment; or the functions of the core network equipment and the logical functions of the network equipment are integrated on the same physical equipment; or the functions of part of the core network equipment and the functions of some network equipment integrated on the same physical device.
  • the terminal equipment mentioned in the embodiment of the present application may be a device with a wireless transceiver function, and specifically may refer to user equipment (user equipment, UE), access terminal, subscriber unit (subscriber unit), subscriber station, mobile station (mobile station), remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, wireless communication device, user agent, or user device.
  • user equipment user equipment, UE
  • access terminal subscriber unit (subscriber unit), subscriber station, mobile station (mobile station), remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, wireless communication device, user agent, or user device.
  • the terminal device may also be a satellite phone, a cellular phone, a smartphone, a wireless data card, a wireless modem, a machine type communication device, may be a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (wireless local loop) loop, WLL) station, personal digital assistant (PDA), handheld device with wireless communication function, computing device or other processing device connected to a wireless modem, vehicle-mounted device, communication device carried on high-altitude aircraft, wearable Devices, drones, robots, devices in device-to-device (D2D), terminals in vehicle to everything (V2X), virtual reality (VR) terminals, Augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) terminal equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self driving, wireless terminals in remote medical, smart grid ), wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart city, wireless terminals in smart home or terminal equipment in future communication networks, etc., this application No limit.
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • a terminal device may refer to a device for implementing a terminal function, or may be a device capable of supporting a terminal device to implement the function, such as a chip system, and the device may be installed in the terminal device.
  • the terminal device can also be a vehicle detector, a sensor in a gas station.
  • FIG. 5A shows a communication network architecture in the communication system provided by the present application, and the embodiments provided later can all be applicable to this architecture.
  • the first network device is a source network device (or called, a working network device, or a serving network device) of a terminal device (subsequently described with UE as an example), and the second network device is a target network device (or called, Standby network device), that is, a network device that provides services for the UE after handover.
  • “Handover” refers to the handover of network equipment providing services for the UE, and is not limited to "cell handover". For convenience of description, a network device is used as an example for description.
  • the "handover” may refer to a handover caused by a change in the base station serving the UE.
  • the standby base station provides services for the UE.
  • the handover target base station provides services for the UE.
  • the cell accessed by the UE before and after the handover may be changed or not changed.
  • the backup network device is a relative concept, for example, with respect to one UE, base station 2 is the backup network device of base station 1, and with respect to another UE, base station 1 is the backup network device of base station 2.
  • the first network device and the second network device may be two different devices, for example, the first network device and the second network device are two different base stations.
  • the first network device and the second network device may also be two sets of functional modules in the same device.
  • the functional modules may be hardware modules, or software modules, or hardware modules and software modules.
  • the first network device and the second network device are located in the same base station, and are two different functional modules in the base station.
  • the first network device and the second network device are not transparent to the UE. When the UE interacts with the corresponding network device, it can know which network device it is interacting with. In another implementation manner, the first network device and the second network device are transparent to the UE.
  • the UE is able to communicate with network devices, but does not know which of the two network devices it is interacting with. In other words, for the UE, it may be considered that there is only one network device.
  • the network device may be the first network device or the second network device.
  • FIG. 5B shows another communication network architecture in the communication system 10 provided by the present application.
  • the communication system includes a core network (new core, CN) and a radio access network (radio access network, RAN).
  • the network equipment (for example, base station) in the RAN includes a baseband device and a radio frequency device.
  • the baseband device can be implemented by one or more nodes, and the radio frequency device can be remote from the baseband device and implemented independently, or can be integrated into the baseband device, or partly remote and partly integrated into the baseband device.
  • Network devices in the RAN may include a Centralized Unit (CU) and a Distributed Unit (DU), and multiple DUs may be centrally controlled by one CU.
  • CU Centralized Unit
  • DU Distributed Unit
  • CU and DU can be divided according to their wireless network protocol layer functions.
  • the functions of the PDCP layer and above protocol layers are set in the CU, and the protocol layers below PDCP, such as the functions of the RLC layer and MAC layer, are set in the DU.
  • the division of such protocol layers is only an example, and may also be divided in other protocol layers.
  • the radio frequency device can be remote, not placed in the DU, or integrated in the DU, or partially remote and partially integrated in the DU, which is not limited in this application.
  • FIG. 5C shows another communication network architecture in the communication system 10 provided by the present application.
  • the control plane (CP) and user plane (UP) of the CU can also be separated into different entities for implementation, namely the control plane CU entity (CU-CP entity) and the user plane CU entity (CU-UP entity).
  • the signaling generated by the CU can be sent to the UE through the DU, or the signaling generated by the UE can be sent to the CU through the DU.
  • the DU can directly transmit the signaling to the UE or CU through protocol layer encapsulation without parsing the signaling.
  • a CU is classified as a network device on the RAN side.
  • a CU may also be classified as a network device on the CN side, which is not limited in this application.
  • the device used to realize the function of the network device may be a network device, or a device capable of supporting the network device to realize the function, such as a chip system or a combined device or component that can realize the function of the network device. Can be installed in network equipment.
  • the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present application the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the network device as an example for realizing the function of the network device.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the data transmission method includes the following steps 601 to 603 .
  • the execution bodies of the method shown in FIG. 6 may be network devices and terminal devices.
  • the execution subject of the method shown in FIG. 6 may be a chip in the network device and a chip in the terminal device.
  • FIG. 6 uses a network device and a terminal device as examples for illustration.
  • the execution subject of the subsequent flow chart is the same, and will not be repeated in the future. in:
  • the network device determines a first candidate control channel.
  • the first candidate control channel is composed of N second candidate control channels, the aggregation level of the first candidate control channel is K, the aggregation level of the second candidate control channel is M, N is greater than 1, and M is less than K.
  • the bandwidth occupied by the candidate control channel with the aggregation level K in the frequency domain can be calculated according to the formula Calculation.
  • K represents the aggregation level of the candidate control channel
  • N 1 represents the number of REGs corresponding to 1 CCE in the candidate control channel
  • 1 CCE corresponds to 6 REGs
  • N 2 represents the REs contained in 1 REG quantity.
  • 1 REG contains 12 REs
  • S represents the current subcarrier spacing
  • n represents the number of OFDM symbols occupied by the CORESET carrying the candidate control channel.
  • the bandwidths occupied by candidate PDCCHs with aggregation levels 8 and 16 in the frequency domain are 5.76MHz and 11.52MHz respectively. Therefore, the larger K is, the larger the bandwidth occupied by the candidate control channel is. Since the first candidate control channel received by the terminal device is composed of N second candidate control channels, and the aggregation level of the second candidate control channel is M, M is smaller than K. Therefore, based on this method, terminal devices with low bandwidth capabilities can receive candidate control channels with a high aggregation level.
  • both the first candidate control channel and the second candidate control channel may be PDCCH candidates (PDCCH candidates).
  • K is greater than the first threshold.
  • the first threshold may be a preset value, or the first threshold is configured by the network device, or the first threshold is associated with the bandwidth capability of the terminal device. By setting the first threshold, it can be avoided that the first candidate control channel whose aggregation level is less than or equal to the first threshold is still split when the terminal device with low bandwidth capability can receive the first candidate control channel whose aggregation level is less than or equal to the first threshold. Divided into multiple second candidate control channels, so that the DCI transmission delay increases.
  • the terminal equipment can receive candidate control channels whose aggregation level is less than 13, that is, in In the NR system, a terminal device can receive candidate control channels with aggregation levels 1, 2, 4 and 8. Therefore, in this case, the first candidate control channels with aggregation levels of 2, 4 and 8 do not need to be composed of multiple second candidate control channels, and the network device can directly send them. Therefore, based on this method, the network implementation is more flexible, the network device can finish sending the DCI as soon as possible, the terminal device can receive the DCI as soon as possible, and the DCI transmission delay is reduced.
  • the first threshold may be a preset value, or configured by a network device. This embodiment of the present application does not limit how to configure the first threshold.
  • N, M and K satisfy: or in, represents the round-up operator, Represents the floor operator. Since the first candidate control channel with an aggregation level of K is composed of N second candidate control channels with an aggregation level of M, based on this method, terminal devices with low bandwidth capabilities can receive candidate control channels with a high aggregation level. channel.
  • N may also be a preset value, or be configured by a network device, and how to configure the size of N is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the N second candidate control channels belong to the same search space set.
  • the N second candidate control channels are located in the same time slot, or the N second candidate control channels are located in different time slots.
  • the N second candidate control channels can use the same search space set configuration parameters, which can reduce the signaling overhead of the search space set configuration.
  • the N second candidate control channels may occupy discontinuous OFDM symbols in the same time slot.
  • the detection period of the search space set is 5 slots
  • the time slot offset is 1 slot
  • the number of time slots is 1 slot
  • the starting symbol position of the CORESET associated with the search space set is 0 and 5
  • CORESET occupies 3 OFDM symbols.
  • the CORESET corresponding to OFDM symbols 0 to 2 in Slot 1 contains CCE0 to CCE3
  • the CORESET corresponding to OFDM symbols 5 to 7 contains CCE4 to CCE7
  • CCE0 to CCE3 are combined into a second aggregation level of 4. candidate control channel.
  • CCE4-CCE7 are combined into a second candidate control channel with aggregation level 4, and the first candidate control channel with aggregation level 8 is composed of these two second candidate control channels with aggregation level 4.
  • N second candidate control channels occupy continuous OFDM symbols in the same time slot, which can reduce the DCI transmission delay
  • the N second candidate control channels may also occupy consecutive OFDM symbols in the same time slot.
  • the detection period of the search space set is 5 slots
  • the time slot offset is 1 slot
  • the number of time slots is 1 slot
  • the starting symbol position of the CORESET associated with the search space set is 0 and 3
  • the CORESET occupies 3 OFDM symbols.
  • the CORESET corresponding to OFDM symbols 0-2 includes CCE0-CCE3
  • the CORESET corresponding to OFDM symbols 3-5 includes CCE4-CCE7.
  • CCE0 ⁇ CCE3 are combined into a second candidate control channel with aggregation level 4
  • CCE4 ⁇ CCE7 are combined into a second candidate control channel with aggregation level 4
  • the first candidate control channel with aggregation level 8 is composed of these two aggregation levels is composed of 4 second candidate control channels.
  • the N second candidate control channels occupy discontinuous OFDM symbols in the same time slot, which can prevent the downlink channel from being occupied by terminal equipment with low bandwidth capability for a long time, and the network equipment can use the non-consecutive OFDM symbols in the same time slot.
  • the OFDM symbols occupied by the N second candidate control channels are allocated to other terminal devices for use.
  • the N second candidate control channels are located in different time slots.
  • the detection period of the search space set is 5 slots
  • the time slot offset is 1 slot
  • the number of time slots is 2 slots
  • the starting symbol position of the CORESET associated with the search space set is 0, the CORESET occupies 3 OFDM symbols.
  • the CORESET corresponding to OFDM symbols 0 to 2 in Slot 1 includes CCE0 to CCE3
  • the CORESET corresponding to OFDM symbols 0 to 2 in Slot 2 includes CCE4 to CCE7.
  • CCE0 ⁇ CCE3 are combined into a second candidate control channel with aggregation level 4
  • CCE4 ⁇ CCE7 are combined into a second candidate control channel with aggregation level 4
  • the first candidate control channel with aggregation level 8 is composed of these two aggregation levels is composed of 4 second candidate control channels.
  • the N second candidate control channels are located in different time slots, which can prevent the downlink channel from being occupied by terminal equipment with low bandwidth capability for a long time, and the network device can allocate OFDM symbols that are not occupied by the N second candidate control channels. for other terminal equipment.
  • DCI transmission delay can be reduced by constraining the N second candidate control channels to be located in consecutive time slots.
  • the N second candidate control channels belong to multiple search space sets.
  • the detection periods of the multiple search space sets are the same, and the time slot offsets are different.
  • the detection periods of the first search space set and the second search space set are 4 slots, the number of time slots is 1 slot, and the start symbol positions of the associated CORESETs are both 0, and The associated CORESETs each occupy 3 OFDM symbols.
  • the offset of the first slot in the first search space is 1 slot
  • the offset of the second slot in the second search space is 3 slots.
  • the CORESET corresponding to OFDM symbols 0-2 in Slot 1 in the first search space includes CCE0-CCE3, and the CORESET corresponding to OFDM symbols 0-2 in Slot 3 in the second search space includes CCE4-CCE7.
  • CCE0 ⁇ CCE3 are combined into a second candidate control channel with aggregation level 4
  • CCE4 ⁇ CCE7 are combined into a second candidate control channel with aggregation level 4
  • the first candidate control channel with aggregation level 8 is composed of these two aggregation levels is composed of 4 second candidate control channels.
  • the multiple search space sets are associated with the same CORESET index, or the multiple search space sets are associated with different CORESET indexes.
  • the CORESET index includes 0 to 11, where CORESET0 is the public search space. If multiple search space sets are associated with the same CORESET index, the N second candidate control channels can use the same CORESET configuration parameters, which can reduce the CORESET configuration signaling overhead; if multiple search space sets are associated with different CORESET indexes, the network device implements more flexible.
  • the multiple search space sets correspond to the same DCI format (DCI format).
  • DCI format Different types of DCI, such as scheduling uplink/downlink data transmission instructions, power control commands, time slot format instructions, and resource preemption instructions, usually correspond to different DCI formats. Therefore, DCI is divided into different formats according to the type of indication information, and each format corresponds to a DCI payload size (DCI payload size, that is, the number of source bits carried by DCI) or a resolution method.
  • DCI payload size that is, the number of source bits carried by DCI
  • the base station will configure the DCI format of the search space set, for example, Format 0_1/1_1. Based on this method, the same DCI can be transmitted in multiple sets of search spaces.
  • the transmission configuration indication states (Transmission Configuration Indication state, TCI state) corresponding to the N second candidate control channels are the same or different.
  • TCI state is used to indicate the approximate positioning relationship parameters between the demodulation reference signal (Demodulation Reference Signal, DMRS) antenna port and the downlink reference signal.
  • the downlink reference signal can be a channel state information reference signal (Channel State Information-Reference Signal, CSI- RS) or synchronization signal block (Synchronization Signal and PBCH block, SSB), etc.
  • the approximate positioning relationship is a channel condition assumption (quasi co-location, QCL).
  • the terminal device can determine the receiving beam information corresponding to the sending beam used for data transmission according to the TCI state, so as to use the corresponding receiving beam to receive the data delivered by the network device. Based on this method, the transmission configuration indication states corresponding to the N second candidate control channels are the same, and the N second candidate control channels can be used for joint channel estimation, which can improve the channel estimation performance and further improve the DCI transmission performance; the N second candidate control channels The transmission configuration indication state corresponding to the control channel is different, which can obtain diversity gain and improve DCI transmission performance.
  • the N second candidate control channels occupy the same frequency domain positions and different time domain positions.
  • the first candidate control channel with an aggregation level of 8 is composed of two second candidate control channels with an aggregation level of 4. Since the two second candidate control channels are all in the CORESET corresponding to the same search space Therefore, the frequency domain positions occupied by the two second candidate control channels are the same. However, since the OFDM symbols corresponding to one second candidate control channel are 0-2, and the OFDM symbols corresponding to the other second candidate control channel are 5-7, the time domain positions occupied by the two second candidate control channels are different. Based on this method, it is beneficial to enable terminal devices with low bandwidth capabilities to receive candidate control channels with a high aggregation level.
  • the bandwidth occupied by the first candidate control channel in the frequency domain is the same as the bandwidth occupied by the second candidate control channel in the frequency domain.
  • the bandwidth occupied by the first candidate control channel in the frequency domain is the same as the bandwidth occupied by the second candidate control channel in the frequency domain.
  • the bandwidth occupied by the first candidate control channel in the frequency domain is different from the bandwidth occupied by the second candidate control channel in the frequency domain.
  • the detection period of the search space set is 5 slots
  • the time slot offset is 1 slot
  • the number of time slots is 2 slots.
  • the starting symbol position of the CORESET associated with the search space set is 0
  • the CORESET occupies 3 OFDM symbols.
  • the CORESET corresponding to OFDM symbols 0 to 2 in Slot 1 includes CCE0 to CCE3, and CCE0 to CCE3 form two second candidate control channels with an aggregation level of 2.
  • CCE0 and CCE1 form a second candidate control channel whose aggregation level is 2, and CCE2 and CCE3 form another second candidate control channel whose aggregation level is 2.
  • the CORESET corresponding to OFDM symbols 0 to 2 in Slot 2 includes CCE4 to CCE7, and CCE4 to CCE7 form two second candidate control channels with an aggregation level of 2.
  • CCE4 and CCE5 form a second candidate control channel whose aggregation level is 2
  • CCE6 and CCE7 form another second candidate control channel whose aggregation level is 2. Therefore, the first candidate control channel with an aggregation level of 8 is composed of the four second candidate control channels with an aggregation level of 2.
  • the bandwidth occupied by the first candidate control channel in the frequency domain is the same as the bandwidth occupied by the two second candidate control channels in the frequency domain. Therefore, the bandwidth occupied by the first candidate control channel in the frequency domain and The bandwidths occupied by the second candidate control channels in the frequency domain are different. Since the bandwidth occupied by two candidate control channels with a candidate level of 2 is smaller than the bandwidth occupied by one candidate control channel with an aggregation level of 8, based on this method, it is beneficial for terminal devices with lower bandwidth capabilities to receive high aggregation Class candidate control channels.
  • the network device sends downlink control information DCI to the terminal device.
  • the network device sends downlink control information DCI to the terminal device on the first candidate channel, wherein the DCI carries first information and second information, and the first information and the second information are used by the terminal device to determine the Time-domain resources of the first physical channel or reference signal scheduled by the DCI.
  • the first information is used to determine the time unit at which the DCI ends
  • the second information is used to determine the time interval between the time unit at which the DCI ends and the time unit at which the first physical channel starts transmission, or the second information It is used to determine the time interval between the time unit when the DCI ends and the time unit when the reference signal starts to be transmitted.
  • the end time unit and the start time unit of the DCI are not necessarily the same time slot.
  • the start time unit and end time of the DCI carried by the first candidate control channel The time unit is not the same slot. If the DCI only carries the second information and does not carry the first information, when the terminal device parses the DCI, it will not be able to determine whether the time unit where the current DCI is located is the end time unit of the DCI, and the time domain resources determined by the terminal device It may be inconsistent with the time domain resource actually configured by the network device.
  • the first indication information in this application is used to indicate the end time unit of the DCI, which avoids the inconsistency between the network device and the terminal device in understanding the time domain resources scheduled by the DCI, and helps the terminal device to more accurately determine the time domain resource scheduled by the DCI. time domain resources.
  • the time unit in this embodiment may be a time slot, a subframe, an OFDM symbol or a frame.
  • the duration of a subframe is 1 millisecond (ms)
  • the duration of a frame is 10 milliseconds (ms).
  • one slot contains 14 OFDM symbols
  • the extended cyclic prefix one slot contains 12 OFDM symbols.
  • the DCI may further include third information, and the third information is used to indicate the starting point of the OFDM symbol occupied by the first physical channel or the reference signal in one time slot.
  • the third information may be independently indicated, that is, the DCI includes an independent field carrying the third information, and this field does not carry the first information and/or the second information.
  • the third information may also be jointly indicated with the first information or the second information, or the third information may be jointly indicated with the first information and the second information, that is, the DCI contains a field that can carry the third information , and the first message and/or the second message.
  • the first candidate control channel corresponding to the search space set carries DCI. It is assumed that the network device sends DCI on the first candidate control channel, and the DCI indicates the time domain resource for scheduling the first physical channel. position, the first candidate control channel consists of two second candidate control channels. If the DCI only carries the second information, the terminal device will misjudge that the end time unit of the DCI is Slot 1 when parsing the DCI carried by the second candidate control channel corresponding to Slot 1. The second information indicates that the time interval between the time unit at which the DCI ends and the time unit at which the first physical channel starts transmission is 2 slots. Therefore, the terminal device will determine that the time domain position corresponding to the first physical channel scheduled by the DCI is Slot 3.
  • the time domain resource actually allocated by the network device to the terminal device for transmitting the first physical channel is Slot 4, and there is an inconsistency between the time domain resource determined by the terminal device and the time domain resource actually configured by the network device.
  • the DCI carries the first information and the second information, according to the first information, it can be determined that the end time unit of the DCI is Slot2, and according to the second information, it can be determined that the end time unit of the DCI and The time interval between the time units when the first physical channel starts to transmit is 2 slots, therefore, the terminal device can accurately determine that Slot 4 is the time domain resource of the first physical channel scheduled by the DCI. Based on this method, it is beneficial for the terminal equipment to accurately determine the time-domain resources for DCI scheduling.
  • the first physical channel may be a physical channel such as a physical downlink shared channel (Physical Downlink Shared Channel, PDSCH), a physical uplink shared channel (Physical Uplink Shared Channel, PUSCH) or a physical uplink control channel (Physical Uplink Control Channel, PUCCH),
  • the reference signal may be a tracking reference signal (Tracking Reference Signal, TRS), SSB, CSI-RS, sounding reference signal (Sounding Reference Signal, SRS) and other signals.
  • the reference signal may be an aperiodic reference signal, for example, the reference signal may be an aperiodic TRS, aperiodic CSI-RS, aperiodic SRS, or aperiodic SSB signal. This application is not limited to this.
  • the first information indicates the aggregation level of the first candidate control channel.
  • the terminal device may determine whether the time slot where the current DCI is located is the end time unit of the DCI according to the aggregation level of the first candidate control channel. For example, the terminal device may determine that the aggregation level of the first candidate control channel is K according to the first information, and if the terminal device receives the Lth aggregation level of the second candidate control channel M, the value of L ⁇ M is less than K , the terminal device can determine that the time slot where the current DCI is located is not the end time unit of the DCI, if the terminal device receives the Nth aggregation level M second candidate control channel, the value of N ⁇ M is greater than or equal to K , the terminal device may determine that the time slot where the current DCI is located is the end time unit of the DCI.
  • This method is only an example proposed in this application, and this application does not limit the method of how the terminal device determines the DCI end time unit according to the aggregation
  • the first information indicates the ending slot number of the DCI.
  • the terminal device can directly determine the end time unit of the DCI according to the end slot number of the DCI.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the DCI, time-domain resources of the first physical channel or reference signal scheduled by the DCI.
  • the manner in which the terminal device determines the time-domain resources of the first physical channel or reference signal scheduled by DCI may be: the terminal device determines the first physical channel resource of the DCI schedule according to the first information and the second information. Time domain resource of channel or reference signal. Based on this method, it is beneficial for the terminal equipment to accurately determine the time-domain resources for DCI scheduling.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart of a data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 13 , the data transmission method includes the following steps 1301 to 1303 .
  • the network device determines downlink control information DCI.
  • the DCI carries first information and second information, and the first information and the second information are used by the terminal device to determine the time-domain resource of the first physical channel or the reference signal scheduled by the DCI.
  • the first information is used to determine the time unit at which the DCI ends
  • the second information is used to determine the time interval between the time unit at which the DCI ends and the time unit at which the first physical channel starts transmission, or the second information It is used to determine the time interval between the time unit when the DCI ends and the time unit when the reference signal starts to be transmitted. Since the time domain resource corresponding to the first candidate control channel is not necessarily only in one time slot, the end time unit and start time unit of DCI are not necessarily the same time slot.
  • the first candidate control channel consists of N
  • the second candidate control channel is composed, and when the N second candidate control channels are not in the same time slot, the start time unit and end time unit of the DCI carried by the first candidate control channel are not in the same time slot. If the DCI only carries the second information and does not carry the first information, when the terminal device parses the DCI, it will not be able to determine whether the time unit where the current DCI is located is the end time unit of the DCI, and the time domain resources determined by the terminal device It may be inconsistent with the time domain resource actually configured by the network device.
  • the first indication information in this application is used to indicate the end time unit of the DCI, which avoids the inconsistency between the network device and the terminal device in understanding the time domain resources scheduled by the DCI, and helps the terminal device to more accurately determine the time domain resource scheduled by the DCI. time domain resources.
  • the end time unit of the DCI avoids the inconsistency between the network device and the terminal device in understanding the time domain resources scheduled by the DCI, and helps the terminal device to more accurately determine the time domain resource scheduled by the DCI. time domain resources.
  • time unit in this embodiment may be a time slot, a subframe, an OFDM symbol or a frame.
  • the time unit is the same as the time unit described in step 602 above, and details are not described here in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the DCI may also include third information, which is the same as the third information described in step 602 above. I won't go into details.
  • the network device sends DCI.
  • the network device sends DCI on a first candidate control channel, where the first candidate control channel is composed of N second candidate control channels, the aggregation level of the first candidate control channel is K, and the first The aggregation level of the two candidate control channels is M, N is greater than 1, and M is less than K.
  • the first candidate control channel is composed of N second candidate control channels
  • the aggregation level of the first candidate control channel is K
  • the first The aggregation level of the two candidate control channels is M
  • N is greater than 1
  • M is less than K.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the first information and the second information, time-domain resources of the first physical channel or reference signal scheduled by the DCI.
  • the first physical channel may be a physical channel such as PDSCH, PUSCH, or PUCCH, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the reference signal may be a tracking reference signal (Tracking Reference Signal, TRS), CSI-RS, SRS, SSB and other signals.
  • the reference signal may be an aperiodic reference signal, for example, the reference signal may be an aperiodic TRS, aperiodic CSI-RS, aperiodic SRS, or aperiodic SSB signal. This application is not limited to this.
  • the network device When the network device configures the initial uplink bandwidth part (BWP) and the initial downlink BWP for the terminal device, it will send system information to the terminal device, and the system information will carry the configuration information of the initial uplink BWP and the initial downlink BWP. In this way, the signaling overhead of the system information sent by the network device will be relatively large, which will affect the performance of the system information.
  • the present application proposes a data transmission method, as shown in FIG. 14 , which is a schematic flowchart of a data transmission method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the data transmission method includes the following steps 1401 to 1407.
  • the network device determines a frequency position of at least one initial partial bandwidth BWP in the first direction.
  • the manner in which the network device determines the frequency position of at least one initial BWP in the first direction may be as follows: the network device determines the number P of transmission opportunities of the physical random access channel (Physical Random Access Channel, PRACH) and The starting positions of the P PRACH transmission opportunities in the frequency domain determine the frequency position of at least one initial BWP in the first direction.
  • PRACH Physical Random Access Channel
  • the P PRACH transmission opportunities are frequency-multiplexed, and the starting position of one first-direction initial BWP in the frequency domain of at least one first-direction initial BWP and the P PRACH transmission opportunities are at The starting position in the frequency domain is the same.
  • the frequency bandwidth occupied by one first-direction initial BWP in the at least one first-direction initial BWP is the same as the frequency bandwidth occupied by C PRACH transmission opportunities among the P PRACH transmission opportunities.
  • C is a positive integer less than or equal to P.
  • the P PRACH transmission opportunities are sequentially recorded as PRACH transmission opportunity 0, PRACH transmission opportunity 1, ..., PRACH transmission opportunity P-1 according to the order of frequency from low to high, and the C PRACH transmission opportunities are from the PRACH transmission opportunity C PRACH transmission opportunities starting from 0.
  • the starting position of one first-direction initial BWP in the at least one first-direction initial BWP in the frequency domain and the F-th PRACH transmission opportunity among the P PRACH transmission opportunities are the same, where F is a positive integer less than or equal to P.
  • the P PRACH transmission opportunities are sequentially recorded as PRACH transmission opportunity 0, PRACH transmission opportunity 1,..., PRACH transmission opportunity P-1 in order of frequency from low to high, and the Fth PRACH transmission opportunity is index number F- 1 PRACH transmission opportunity.
  • the network device can determine 2 initial uplink BWPs according to the 8 random access opportunities, which are initial uplink BWP#0 and Initial uplink BWP#1.
  • the specific determination method is as follows: according to the frequency start position of the 8 PRACH random access opportunities and the initial uplink BWP#0 are the same, the 4 PRACH random access opportunities located in the low frequency among the 8 PRACH random access opportunities are the same as BWP#0
  • a frequency bandwidth occupied by one first-direction initial BWP in the at least one first-direction initial BWP is smaller than or equal to a maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device.
  • the initial BWP in the first direction may be an initial uplink BWP, or may be an initial downlink BWP.
  • step 1402 may be performed before step 1401, or may be performed at the same time, and this embodiment of the present application does not limit the execution timing of step 1402 and step 1401.
  • the network device sends configuration information to the terminal device.
  • the configuration information is used to indicate the number P of random access channel PRACH transmission opportunities and the starting positions of the P PRACH transmission opportunities in the frequency domain.
  • configuration information is carried in system information.
  • the network device determines the frequency position of at least one initial BWP in the second direction according to the frequency position of at least one initial BWP in the first direction.
  • the center frequency position of the initial BWP in the first direction is the same as the center frequency of the initial BWP in the second direction
  • the number of PRBs of the initial BWP in the first direction is the same as that of the initial BWP in the second direction
  • the correspondence between the initial BWP in the first direction and the initial BWP in the second direction may also have other types of correspondence, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 15, in FIG.
  • the center frequency of the initial uplink BWP#0 and the initial downlink BWP#0 are the same, and the number of PRBs of the initial uplink BWP#0 and the initial downlink BWP#0 is the same, so it can be based on
  • the initial uplink BWP#0 determines the frequency position of the initial downlink BWP#0.
  • the initial BWP in the first direction is the initial uplink BWP
  • the initial BWP in the second direction is the initial downlink BWP
  • the initial BWP in the first direction is the initial downlink BWP
  • the initial BWP in the second direction is the initial Uplink BWP
  • the terminal device determines a frequency position of at least one initial partial bandwidth BWP in the first direction according to the configuration information.
  • this step specifically includes: the terminal device determines the frequency position of the PRACH transmission opportunities according to the number P of PRACH transmission opportunities and the frequency of the P PRACH transmission opportunities.
  • the initial position on the domain is used to determine the frequency position of at least one initial BWP in the first direction.
  • the terminal device determines that the frequency position of the initial partial bandwidth BWP in the first direction is the same as that of the network device. Refer to step 1401 for specific implementations and examples.
  • the terminal device determines the frequency position of at least one initial BWP in the second direction according to the frequency position of at least one initial BWP in the first direction.
  • the center frequency position of the initial BWP in the first direction is the same as the center frequency of the initial BWP in the second direction, and the number of PRBs of the initial BWP in the first direction is the same as that of the initial BWP in the second direction .
  • the correspondence between the initial BWP in the first direction and the initial BWP in the second direction may also have other types of correspondence, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the corresponding relationship may be preset or configured for the network device. Since the configuration information sent by the network device does not need to carry information for the terminal device to determine the frequency position of the second initial BWP, it is beneficial to save the signaling overhead of the configuration information.
  • the network device communicates with the terminal device according to the frequency position of at least one initial BWP in the first direction and the frequency position of at least one initial BWP in the second direction.
  • the terminal device communicates with the network device according to at least one frequency position of the initial BWP in the first direction and at least one frequency position of the initial BWP in the second direction.
  • the terminal device may initiate random access to the network device based on at least one frequency position of the initial BWP in the first direction and at least one frequency position of the initial BWP in the second direction.
  • step 1406 only needs to be executed after step 1403, and step 1407 only needs to be executed after step 1405.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the sequence of execution of step 1406 and step 1407.
  • step 1407 can be executed first Then step 1406 is executed.
  • NR introduces terminal devices with narrow bandwidth capabilities.
  • network devices will allocate multiple initial uplink BWPs to terminal devices for random access.
  • the terminal device cannot determine the actual load of the multiple initial uplink BWPs, so how the terminal device selects a suitable initial uplink BWP from the multiple initial uplink BWPs for random access is an urgent problem to be solved.
  • this application proposes a data transmission method, as shown in Figure 16, Figure 16 is a schematic flow chart of a data transmission method provided by an embodiment of this application, the data transmission The method includes steps 1601 to 1604 as follows.
  • the network device determines a first initial uplink BWP.
  • the first initial uplink BWP is one of multiple initial uplink BWPs, and the multiple initial uplink BWPs are BWPs allocated by the network device to the terminal device for random access.
  • the first initial uplink BWP is the BWP with the lightest load among the multiple initial uplink BWPs. If the terminal device performs random access based on the first initial uplink BWP, it is beneficial to improve the success rate of random access of the terminal device.
  • the network device sends indication information to the terminal device.
  • the indication information is used to indicate the index of the first initial uplink BWP among the multiple initial uplink BWPs.
  • the indication information is carried in the first DCI.
  • the CRC of the first DCI is scrambled through a Cell-Radio Network Temporary Identifier (C-RNTI).
  • C-RNTI Cell-Radio Network Temporary Identifier
  • the first DCI is used to trigger the random access process, and the first DCI also includes one or more of the following: random access preamble index, normal uplink/supplementary uplink (Uplink/Supplementary Uplink, UL /SUL) indication, synchronization signal and physical broadcast channel (synchronization signal and physical broadcast channel, SS/PBCH) index, PRACH mask index.
  • random access preamble index normal uplink/supplementary uplink (Uplink/Supplementary Uplink, UL /SUL) indication
  • synchronization signal and physical broadcast channel synchronization signal and physical broadcast channel, SS/PBCH index
  • PRACH mask index PRACH mask index
  • the random access preamble index is used to determine the preamble
  • UL/SUL indicates the uplink carrier used to send the PRACH
  • the SS/PBCH index is used to indicate the synchronization signal and the physical broadcast channel
  • the PRACH mask index is used to indicate the SS/PBCH
  • the random access opportunity (Random Access Channel occasion, RACH occasion) associated with the synchronization signal indicated by the index and the physical broadcast channel.
  • the network device before the network device sends the indication information, the network device sends random access resource configuration information to the terminal device.
  • the random access resource configuration information includes configuration information of A random access resource types, and A does not exceed the number B of SSBs associated with one PRACH opportunity.
  • network devices set different types of random access resources corresponding to different types of terminal devices. When different types of terminal devices select corresponding random access resources according to their own types to perform random access Input, the network device can determine the type of the terminal device according to the type of the random access resource used by the terminal device, which is beneficial for the network device to allocate appropriate resources for the terminal device more flexibly in the future.
  • one PRACH opportunity corresponds to B SSBs, and B is configured by a network device. Since there are at most 64 preamble indexes that can be used in the random access opportunity corresponding to each SSB, for a random access resource type, in a random access opportunity corresponding to an SSB, the preamble index, if there are currently A random access resource types, it needs to satisfy Therefore, A needs to be less than or equal to B, otherwise there may be a situation that the number of preambles of a type corresponding to a certain random access resource is insufficient. Based on this method, it is beneficial to ensure that each type of random access resource has enough preambles to ensure random access performance.
  • different types of random access resources correspond to different types of terminal equipment
  • the different types of terminal equipment may include one or more of the following types: terminal equipment that supports a maximum bandwidth capability of no more than X MHz, does not support a maximum Terminal equipment with a bandwidth capability not exceeding X MHz, terminal equipment that supports a maximum bandwidth capability of no more than 20MHz, terminal equipment that does not support a maximum bandwidth capability of 20MHz, terminal equipment that supports coverage enhancement, terminal equipment that does not support coverage enhancement, and terminal equipment that supports coverage enhancement
  • X is less than 20, for example, X is 5 or 10
  • Msg3 is a message sent by the terminal device to the network device after the terminal device
  • the terminal device determines the first initial uplink BWP based on indexes of the first initial uplink BWP in multiple initial uplink BWPs.
  • the terminal device initiates random access based on the first initial uplink BWP.
  • the first initial uplink BWP is determined by the network device from multiple initial uplink BWPs, it is used for the terminal device to perform random access, which can increase the success probability of random access.
  • the load of the first initial uplink BWP is the lightest of the multiple initial uplink BWPs, and when the terminal device communicates with the network device based on the first initial uplink BWP, data loss due to network congestion is unlikely to occur, so It is beneficial to improve the success rate of random access of the terminal equipment.
  • the terminal device determines the random access resource corresponding to the type of the terminal device according to the random access resource type configuration information.
  • the terminal device determines the supported random access resource type according to the capability of the terminal device, and then determines the random access resource corresponding to the random access resource type according to the random access resource type configuration information.
  • a specific implementation manner in which the terminal device initiates random access based on the first initial uplink BWP may be that the terminal device initiates random access based on the first initial uplink BWP and a random access resource corresponding to the type of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device before the terminal device receives the indication information, the terminal device also receives the random access resource configuration information sent by the network device.
  • the random access resource configuration information includes configuration information of A random access resource types, and A does not exceed one The number B of SSBs associated with the PRACH opportunity.
  • network devices set different types of random access resources corresponding to different types of terminal devices. When different types of terminal devices select corresponding random access resources according to their own types to perform random access In, the network device determines the type of the terminal device according to the random access resources used by the terminal device, which is beneficial for the network device to more flexibly allocate resources for the terminal device subsequently.
  • One PRACH opportunity corresponds to B SSBs, and B is configured by a network device.
  • the preamble index if there are currently A random access resource types, it needs to satisfy Therefore, A needs to be less than or equal to B, otherwise there may be a situation that the number of preambles of a type corresponding to a certain random access resource is insufficient. Based on this method, it is beneficial to ensure that each type of random access resource has sufficient preambles, and improve the success rate of random access of terminal equipment.
  • FIG. 17 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device shown in FIG. 17 may be used to perform some or all functions of the network device in the method embodiment described in FIG. 6 above.
  • the device may be a network device, or a device in the network device, or a device that can be matched with the network device.
  • the communication device may also be a system on a chip.
  • the communication device shown in FIG. 17 may include a communication unit 1701 and a processing unit 1702 .
  • the processing unit 1702 is configured to perform data processing.
  • the communication unit 1701 is integrated with a receiving unit and a sending unit.
  • the communication unit 1701 may also be called a transceiver unit.
  • the communication unit 1701 may also be split into a receiving unit and a sending unit.
  • the processing unit 1702 and the communication unit 1701 below have the same principle, and will not be described in detail below. in:
  • the processing unit 1702 is configured to determine a first candidate control channel, the first candidate control channel is composed of N second candidate control channels, the aggregation level of the first candidate control channel is K, and the aggregation level of the second candidate control channel is M , N is greater than 1, and M is less than K; the communication unit 1701 is configured to send downlink control information DCI to the terminal device on the first candidate control channel.
  • the DCI carries first information and second information, and the first information and the second information are used by the terminal device to determine the time domain resource of the first physical channel or reference signal scheduled by the DCI; the first The information is used to determine the time unit at which the DCI ends, and the second information is used to determine the time interval between the time unit at which the DCI ends and the time unit at which the first physical channel starts transmission, or the second information is used to determine the time unit at which the DCI ends and the time interval between the time units at which the reference signal starts to transmit.
  • N, M and K satisfy:
  • the N second candidate control channels belong to the same search space set.
  • the N second candidate control channels are located in the same time slot, or the N second candidate control channels are located in different time slots.
  • the N second candidate control channels are located in the same time slot; the N second candidate control channels occupy consecutive OFDM symbols in the same time slot, or the N second candidate control channels The control channel occupies discontinuous OFDM symbols in the same time slot.
  • the N second candidate control channels are located in different time slots; the N second candidate control channels are located in consecutive time slots.
  • the N second candidate control channels belong to multiple search space sets.
  • the multiple search space sets are associated with the same control resource set CORESET index, or the multiple search space sets are associated with different CORESET indexes.
  • the multiple search space sets correspond to the same DCI format.
  • the detection periods of the multiple search space sets are the same, and the time slot offsets are different.
  • the transmission configuration indication states corresponding to the N second candidate control channels are the same or different.
  • the N second candidate control channels occupy the same frequency domain positions and different time domain positions.
  • the bandwidth occupied by the first candidate control channel in the frequency domain is the same as the bandwidth occupied by the second candidate control channel in the frequency domain.
  • FIG. 17 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication apparatus shown in FIG. 17 may be used to perform some or all functions of the terminal device in the method embodiment described in FIG. 6 above.
  • the device may be a terminal device, or a device in the terminal device, or a device that can be matched with the terminal device.
  • the communication device may also be a system on a chip.
  • the communication device shown in FIG. 17 may include a communication unit 1701 and a processing unit 1702 . in:
  • the communication unit 1701 is configured to receive downlink control information DCI from the network device, the DCI is sent by the network device through the first candidate control channel, the first candidate control channel is composed of N second candidate control channels, and the first candidate
  • the aggregation level of the control channel is K
  • the aggregation level of the second candidate control channel is M
  • the N is greater than 1
  • the M is smaller than the K
  • the processing unit 1702 is configured to determine the first physical channel scheduled by the DCI according to the DCI Or the time-domain resource of the reference signal.
  • the DCI carries first information and second information, the first information is used to determine the time unit when the DCI ends, and the second information is used to determine the time unit when the DCI ends and the time when the first physical channel starts transmission.
  • the time interval between time units, or the second information is used to determine the time interval between the time unit at which the DCI ends and the time unit at which the reference signal starts to be transmitted;
  • the processing unit 1702 is configured to determine the first DCI schedule according to the DCI
  • the processing unit 1702 is specifically configured to determine the time-domain resource of the first physical channel or reference signal scheduled by DCI according to the first information and the second information.
  • the DCI carries first information and second information, and the first information and the second information are used by the terminal device to determine the time domain resources of the first physical channel or reference signal scheduled by the DCI; the first The information is used to determine the time unit at which the DCI ends, and the second information is used to determine the time interval between the time unit at which the DCI ends and the time unit at which the first physical channel starts transmission, or the second information is used to determine the time unit at which the DCI ends and the time interval between the time units at which the reference signal starts to transmit.
  • N, M and K satisfy:
  • the N second candidate control channels belong to the same search space set.
  • the N second candidate control channels are located in the same time slot, or the N second candidate control channels are located in different time slots.
  • the N second candidate control channels are located in the same time slot; the N second candidate control channels occupy consecutive orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols in the same time slot, or the N second candidate control channels The two candidate control channels occupy discontinuous OFDM symbols in the same time slot.
  • the N second candidate control channels are located in different time slots; the N second candidate control channels are located in consecutive time slots.
  • the N second candidate control channels belong to multiple search space sets.
  • the multiple search space sets are associated with the same control resource set CORESET index, or the multiple search space sets are associated with different CORESET indexes.
  • the multiple search space sets correspond to the same DCI format.
  • the detection periods of the multiple search space sets are the same, and the time slot offsets are different.
  • the transmission configuration indication states corresponding to the N second candidate control channels are the same or different.
  • the N second candidate control channels occupy the same frequency domain positions and different time domain positions.
  • the bandwidth occupied by the first candidate control channel in the frequency domain is the same as the bandwidth occupied by the second candidate control channel in the frequency domain.
  • FIG. 17 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device shown in FIG. 17 may be used to perform some or all functions of the network device in the method embodiment described in FIG. 13 above.
  • the device may be a network device, or a device in the network device, or a device that can be matched with the terminal device.
  • the communication device may also be a system on a chip.
  • the communication device shown in FIG. 17 may include a communication unit 1701 and a processing unit 1702 . in:
  • the processing unit 1702 is configured to determine downlink control information DCI, where the DCI carries first information and second information, and the first information and second information are used by the terminal device to determine the time domain resource of the first physical channel or reference signal scheduled by the DCI ;
  • the first information is used to determine the time unit at which the DCI ends, and the second information is used to determine the time interval between the time unit at which the DCI ends and the time unit at which the first physical channel starts to transmit, or the second information uses Determine the time interval between the time unit at which the DCI ends and the time unit at which the reference signal starts to be transmitted;
  • the communication unit 1701 is configured to send the DCI to the terminal device.
  • FIG. 17 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication apparatus shown in FIG. 17 may be used to perform some or all functions of the terminal device in the method embodiment described in FIG. 13 above.
  • the device may be a terminal device, or a device in the terminal device, or a device that can be matched with the terminal device.
  • the communication device may also be a system on a chip.
  • the communication device shown in FIG. 17 may include a communication unit 1701 and a processing unit 1702 . in:
  • the communication unit 1701 is configured to receive downlink control information DCI from the network device, the DCI carries first information and second information, the first information is used to determine the time unit when the DCI ends, and the second information is used to determine the time unit when the DCI ends The time interval between the time unit and the time unit when the first physical channel starts to transmit, or the second information is used to determine the time interval between the time unit when the DCI ends and the time unit when the reference signal starts to transmit; the processing unit 1702, It is used to determine the time-domain resource of the first physical channel or reference signal scheduled by DCI according to the first information and the second information.
  • FIG. 17 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication apparatus shown in FIG. 17 may be used to perform some or all functions of the network device in the method embodiment described in FIG. 14 above.
  • the device may be a network device, or a device in the network device, or a device that can be matched with the network device.
  • the communication device may also be a system on a chip.
  • the communication device shown in FIG. 17 may include a communication unit 1701 and a processing unit 1702 . in:
  • the processing unit 1702 is configured to determine the frequency position of at least one initial partial bandwidth BWP in the first direction; the communication unit 1701 is configured to send configuration information to the terminal device, and the configuration information is used to configure at least one initial BWP in the first direction Frequency position; the processing unit 1702 is further configured to determine the frequency position of at least one initial BWP in the second direction according to the frequency position of at least one initial BWP in the first direction; the communication unit 1701 is also configured to determine the frequency position of at least one initial BWP in the first direction The frequency position and the frequency position of at least one initial BWP in the second direction are communicated with the terminal device.
  • FIG. 17 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication apparatus shown in FIG. 17 may be used to perform some or all functions of the terminal device in the method embodiment described in FIG. 14 above.
  • the device may be a terminal device, or a device in the terminal device, or a device that can be matched with the terminal device.
  • the communication device may also be a system on a chip.
  • the communication device shown in FIG. 17 may include a communication unit 1701 and a processing unit 1702 . in:
  • the communication unit 1701 is configured to receive configuration information sent by the network device, the configuration information is used to configure the frequency position of at least one initial BWP in the first direction; the processing unit 1702 is configured to determine at least one initial BWP in the first direction according to the configuration information The frequency position of the partial bandwidth BWP; the processing unit 1702 is further configured to determine the frequency position of at least one initial BWP in the second direction according to the frequency position of at least one initial BWP in the first direction; The frequency location of the initial BWP in one direction and the frequency location of at least one initial BWP in the second direction are communicated with the network device.
  • FIG. 17 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device shown in FIG. 17 may be used to perform some or all functions of the network device in the method embodiment described in FIG. 16 above.
  • the device may be a network device, or a device in the network device, or a device that can be matched with the network device.
  • the communication device may also be a system on a chip.
  • the communication device shown in FIG. 17 may include a communication unit 1701 and a processing unit 1702 . in:
  • the processing unit 1702 is configured to determine a first initial uplink BWP, and the first initial uplink BWP is one of multiple initial BWPs; the communication unit 1701 is configured to send indication information to a terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate the Indexes of the first initial uplink BWP in the multiple initial uplink BWPs.
  • FIG. 17 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication apparatus shown in FIG. 17 may be used to perform some or all functions of the terminal device in the method embodiment described in FIG. 16 above.
  • the device may be a terminal device, or a device in the terminal device, or a device that can be matched with the terminal device.
  • the communication device may also be a system on a chip.
  • the communication device shown in FIG. 17 may include a communication unit 1701 and a processing unit 1702 . in:
  • the communication unit 1701 is configured to receive indication information sent by the network device, the indication information is used to indicate the index of the first initial uplink BWP in multiple initial uplink BWPs; the processing unit 1702 is configured to The index in the multiple initial uplink BWPs determines the first initial uplink BWP; the processing unit 1702 is configured to initiate random access to the network device based on the first initial uplink BWP.
  • FIG. 18 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device.
  • the communication device 1800 may be the terminal device in the above method embodiment, or the network device in the above method embodiment, or it may be a chip, a chip system, or a processor that supports the terminal device to implement the above method, or it may be It is a chip, a chip system, or a processor that supports the network device to implement the above method.
  • the communication device may be used to implement the methods described in the foregoing method embodiments, and for details, reference may be made to the descriptions in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the communication device 1800 may include one or more processors 1801 .
  • the processor 1801 may be a general-purpose processor or a special-purpose processor. For example, it can be a baseband processor or a central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor can be used to process communication protocols and communication data
  • the central processing unit can be used to control communication devices (such as base stations, baseband chips, terminals, terminal chips, DU or CU, etc.), execute software programs, and process Data for Software Programs.
  • the communication device 1800 may include one or more memories 1802, on which instructions 1804 may be stored, and the instructions may be executed on the processor 1801, so that the communication device 1800 executes the above method Methods described in the Examples.
  • data may also be stored in the memory 1802 .
  • the processor 1801 and the memory 1802 may be set separately or integrated together.
  • the communication device 1800 may further include a transceiver 1805 and an antenna 1806 .
  • the transceiver 1805 may be called a transceiver unit, a transceiver, or a transceiver circuit, etc., and is used to implement a transceiver function.
  • the transceiver 1805 may include a receiver and a transmitter, and the receiver may be called a receiver or a receiving circuit for realizing a receiving function; the transmitter may be called a transmitter or a sending circuit for realizing a sending function.
  • the communication apparatus 1800 is a terminal device: the processor 1801 is configured to execute data processing operations of the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the transceiver 1805 is configured to perform data transceiving operations of the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the communication apparatus 1800 is a network device: the processor 1801 is configured to perform data processing operations of the network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the transceiver 1805 is configured to perform the data transceiving operation of the network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the processor 1801 may include a transceiver for implementing receiving and sending functions.
  • the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit, or an interface, or an interface circuit.
  • the transceiver circuits, interfaces or interface circuits for realizing the functions of receiving and sending can be separated or integrated together.
  • the above-mentioned transceiver circuit, interface or interface circuit may be used for reading and writing code/data, or the above-mentioned transceiver circuit, interface or interface circuit may be used for signal transmission or transmission.
  • the processor 1801 may store instructions 1803, and the instructions 1803 run on the processor 1801, and may cause the communication device 1800 to execute the methods described in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the instruction 1803 may be fixed in the processor 1801, in this case, the processor 1801 may be implemented by hardware.
  • the communication device 1800 may include a circuit, and the circuit may implement the function of sending or receiving or communicating in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the processor and the transceiver described in the embodiment of the present application can be implemented in integrated circuit (integrated circuit, IC), analog IC, radio frequency integrated circuit RFIC, mixed signal IC, application specific integrated circuit (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), printed circuit board (printed circuit board, PCB), electronic equipment, etc.
  • the processor and transceiver can also be fabricated using various IC process technologies, such as complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), nMetal-oxide-semiconductor (NMOS), P-type Metal oxide semiconductor (positive channel metal oxide semiconductor, PMOS), bipolar junction transistor (Bipolar Junction Transistor, BJT), bipolar CMOS (BiCMOS), silicon germanium (SiGe), gallium arsenide (GaAs), etc.
  • CMOS complementary metal oxide semiconductor
  • NMOS nMetal-oxide-semiconductor
  • PMOS P-type Metal oxide semiconductor
  • BJT bipolar junction transistor
  • BiCMOS bipolar CMOS
  • SiGe silicon germanium
  • GaAs gallium arsenide
  • the communication device described in the above embodiments may be a terminal device or a network device, but the scope of the communication device described in the embodiment of this application is not limited thereto, and the structure of the communication device may not be limited by FIG. 18 .
  • a communication device may be a stand-alone device or may be part of a larger device.
  • the communication device may be:
  • a set of one or more ICs may also include storage components for storing data and instructions;
  • ASIC such as modem (MSM)
  • the communication device may be a chip or a chip system
  • the chip shown in FIG. 19 includes a processor 1901 and an interface 1902 .
  • a memory 1903 may also be included.
  • the number of processors 1901 may be one or more, and the number of interfaces 1902 may be more than one.
  • the interface 1902 is used to receive or output signals
  • the processor 1901 is configured to execute data processing operations of the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the interface 1902 is used to receive or output signals
  • the processor 1901 is configured to execute data processing operations of the network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the processor in this embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip that has a signal processing capability.
  • each step of the above-mentioned method embodiments may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or instructions in the form of software.
  • the above-mentioned processor can be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), a field programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other possible Program logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a nonvolatile memory, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile memories.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically programmable Erases programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • Volatile memory can be random access memory (RAM), which acts as external cache memory.
  • RAM random access memory
  • SRAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • DRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • ESDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SLDRAM direct memory bus random access memory
  • direct rambus RAM direct rambus RAM
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable medium for storing computer software instructions, and when the instructions are executed by a communication device, the functions of any one of the above method embodiments are realized.
  • the present application also provides a computer program product, which is used for storing computer software instructions, and when the instructions are executed by a communication device, the functions of any one of the above method embodiments are realized.
  • all or part may be implemented by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof.
  • software When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application will be generated in whole or in part.
  • the computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server or data center by wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media.
  • the available medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a high-density digital video disc (digital video disc, DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (solid state disk, SSD)) etc.
  • a magnetic medium for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape
  • an optical medium for example, a high-density digital video disc (digital video disc, DVD)
  • a semiconductor medium for example, a solid state disk (solid state disk, SSD)
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program product.
  • the computer program product is run on a processor, the method flow of the above method embodiment is realized.

Abstract

Provided in the present application are a data transmission method and a communication apparatus. The method comprises: a network device determining a first candidate control channel, wherein the first candidate control channel is composed of N second candidate control channels, the aggregation level of the first candidate control channel is K, the aggregation level of the second candidate control channels is M, N is greater than 1, and M is smaller than K; and the network device sending, on the first candidate control channel, downlink control information (DCI) to a terminal device. By means of the method, a terminal device having a relatively low bandwidth capability can receive a candidate control channel having a high aggregation level.

Description

一种数据传输的方法及通信装置Method and communication device for data transmission
本申请要求于2021年7月9日提交中国专利局、申请号为202110781014.1、申请名称为“一种数据传输的方法及通信装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202110781014.1 and the application title "A Method and Communication Device for Data Transmission" filed with the China Patent Office on July 9, 2021, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference Applying.
技术领域technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,特别涉及一种数据传输的方法及通信装置。The present application relates to the technical field of communication, and in particular to a data transmission method and a communication device.
背景技术Background technique
如今,为了支持成本相对较低的物联网应用,最直接的手段是降低终端的工作带宽,因为大带宽对模数转换器(analog to digital converter,ADC)、数模转换器(digital to analog converter,DAC)、快速傅里叶变换(fast flourier transform,FFT)、缓存(buffer)、以及下行链路(Downlink,DL)和上行链路(Uplink,UL)处理模块等的基带处理要求高,而小带宽可以放松这些硬件要求,从而降低成本。因此为了支持成本相对较低的物联网应用,新空口(New Radio,NR)系统中将引入窄带物联终端。Nowadays, in order to support relatively low-cost Internet of Things applications, the most direct means is to reduce the working bandwidth of the terminal, because the large bandwidth has a great impact on the analog to digital converter (analog to digital converter, ADC), digital to analog converter (digital to analog converter) , DAC), fast Fourier transform (fast flourier transform, FFT), buffer (buffer), and downlink (Downlink, DL) and uplink (Uplink, UL) processing modules, etc. have high baseband processing requirements, while Small bandwidths can relax these hardware requirements, reducing costs. Therefore, in order to support relatively low-cost IoT applications, narrowband IoT terminals will be introduced into the New Radio (NR) system.
目前NR支持的最小信道带宽为5MHz,基于现有协议框架,窄带物联终端的支持的带宽最小应为5MHz。假设沿用已有的物理下行控制信道(Physical Downlink Control Channel,PDCCH)结构,当子载波间隔为30kHz,控制资源集(Control Resource Set,CORESET)在时域上占用3个正交频分复用(Orthogonal Frequency-Division Multiplexing,OFDM)符号时,聚合等级(Aggregation level,AL)为8和16的候选PDCCH在频域上占用的带宽分别为5.76MHz和11.52MHz,其中,AL指构成候选PDCCH的控制信道单元(Control-channel element,CCE)数量。因此窄带物联终端基于5MHz带宽能力无法接收聚合等级为8和16的候选PDCCH。如何让窄带物联终端能够接收高聚合等级的候选PDCCH是亟需解决的问题。At present, the minimum channel bandwidth supported by NR is 5MHz. Based on the existing protocol framework, the minimum bandwidth supported by narrowband IoT terminals should be 5MHz. Assuming that the existing Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) structure is used, when the subcarrier spacing is 30kHz, the Control Resource Set (CORESET) occupies 3 OFDM ( Orthogonal Frequency-Division Multiplexing, OFDM) symbols, the bandwidths occupied by candidate PDCCHs with aggregation levels (Aggregation level, AL) of 8 and 16 in the frequency domain are 5.76MHz and 11.52MHz, respectively, where AL refers to the control that constitutes the candidate PDCCH Channel unit (Control-channel element, CCE) quantity. Therefore, the NB-IoT terminal cannot receive candidate PDCCHs with aggregation levels 8 and 16 based on the 5MHz bandwidth capability. How to enable narrowband IoT terminals to receive candidate PDCCHs with a high aggregation level is an urgent problem to be solved.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请提供了一种数据传输的方法及通信装置,能够使带宽能力较低的终端设备接收高聚合等级的候选控制信道。The present application provides a data transmission method and a communication device, which enable terminal equipment with low bandwidth capabilities to receive candidate control channels with a high aggregation level.
第一方面,本申请提供了一种数据传输的方法,该方法包括:网络设备确定第一候选控制信道,该第一候选控制信道由N个第二候选控制信道组成,该第一候选控制信道的聚合等级为K,该第二候选控制信道的聚合等级为M,N大于1,M小于K;网络设备在第一候选控制信道向终端设备发送下行控制信息DCI。In a first aspect, the present application provides a data transmission method, the method comprising: a network device determines a first candidate control channel, the first candidate control channel is composed of N second candidate control channels, and the first candidate control channel The aggregation level of the second candidate control channel is K, the aggregation level of the second candidate control channel is M, N is greater than 1, and M is smaller than K; the network device sends downlink control information DCI to the terminal device on the first candidate control channel.
根据第一方面所描述的方法,由于聚合等级为K的第一候选控制信道是由N个聚合等级为M的第二候选控制信道组成,M小于K,聚合等级越小的候选控制信道占用带宽越小。基于该方法,能够使带宽能力较低的终端设备接收由网络设备发送的高聚合等级的候选控制信道。According to the method described in the first aspect, since the first candidate control channel with an aggregation level of K is composed of N second candidate control channels with an aggregation level of M, and M is smaller than K, the candidate control channel with a smaller aggregation level occupies a bandwidth smaller. Based on this method, a terminal device with a lower bandwidth capability can receive a candidate control channel with a high aggregation level sent by a network device.
根据第一方面所描述的方法,在一种可能的实现方式中,DCI携带第一信息和第二信息,该第一信息和该第二信息用于终端设备确定DCI调度的第一物理信道或参考信号的时域资源;第一信息用于确定DCI结束的时间单元,第二信息用于确定DCI结束的时间单元和第一物理信道开始传输的时间单元之间的时间间隔,或者,第二信息用于确定DCI结束的时间单元和 参考信号开始传输的时间单元之间的时间间隔。基于该实现方式,有利于使终端设备能够更准确的确定DCI调度的第一物理信道或参考信号的时域资源。According to the method described in the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the DCI carries first information and second information, and the first information and the second information are used by the terminal device to determine the first physical channel or the first physical channel scheduled by the DCI. The time domain resource of the reference signal; the first information is used to determine the time unit at which the DCI ends, and the second information is used to determine the time interval between the time unit at which the DCI ends and the time unit at which the first physical channel starts transmission, or, the second The information is used to determine the time interval between the time unit at which the DCI ends and the time unit at which the transmission of the reference signal starts. Based on this implementation manner, it is beneficial for the terminal device to more accurately determine the time-domain resource of the first physical channel or reference signal scheduled by the DCI.
第二方面,本申请提供了一种数据传输的方法,该方法包括:终端设备接收来自网络设备的下行控制信息DCI,该DCI是网络设备通过第一候选控制信道发送的,第一候选控制信道由N个第二候选控制信道组成,第一候选控制信道的聚合等级为K,第二候选控制信道的聚合等级为M,N大于1,M小于K;终端设备根据DCI确定该DCI调度的第一物理信道或参考信号的时域资源。In a second aspect, the present application provides a data transmission method, the method includes: a terminal device receives downlink control information DCI from a network device, the DCI is sent by the network device through a first candidate control channel, the first candidate control channel It consists of N second candidate control channels, the aggregation level of the first candidate control channel is K, the aggregation level of the second candidate control channel is M, N is greater than 1, and M is less than K; the terminal device determines the first DCI scheduling according to the DCI A time-domain resource of a physical channel or reference signal.
根据第二方面所描述的方法,在一种可能的实现方式中,DCI携带第一信息和第二信息,第一信息用于确定DCI结束的时间单元,第二信息用于确定该DCI结束的时间单元和该第一物理信道开始传输的时间单元之间的时间间隔,或者,第二信息用于确定该DCI结束的时间单元和参考信号开始传输的时间单元之间的时间间隔;当终端设备根据DCI确定该DCI调度的第一物理信道或参考信号的时域资源时,该步骤具体包括:终端设备根据第一信息和第二信息确定该DCI调度的第一物理信道或参考信号的时域资源。According to the method described in the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the DCI carries first information and second information, the first information is used to determine the time unit at which the DCI ends, and the second information is used to determine the time unit at which the DCI ends The time interval between the time unit and the time unit at which the first physical channel starts to transmit, or the second information is used to determine the time interval between the time unit at which the DCI ends and the time unit at which the reference signal starts to transmit; when the terminal device When determining the time domain resource of the first physical channel or reference signal scheduled by the DCI according to the DCI, this step specifically includes: the terminal device determines the time domain resource of the first physical channel or reference signal scheduled by the DCI according to the first information and the second information resource.
第二方面所描述的方法对应的有益效果可参见第一方面所描述的内容,在此不再赘述。For the beneficial effects corresponding to the method described in the second aspect, reference may be made to the content described in the first aspect, which will not be repeated here.
根据第一方面或第二方面所描述的方法,在一种可能的实现方式中,K大于第一阈值。第一阈值可以为预设值,或者,第一阈值由网络设备配置,或者第一阈值和终端设备的带宽能力关联。通过设置第一阈值可以避免在带宽能力较低的终端设备能够接收聚合等级小于或者等于第一阈值的第一候选控制信道时,网络设备依然将聚合等级小于第一阈值的第一候选控制信道拆分为多个第二候选控制信道,从而使得DCI传输时延增大。基于该方法,网络实现更加灵活,网络设备可以尽快完成DCI的发送,同时终端设备也可以尽快完成DCI的接收,降低DCI传输时延。According to the method described in the first aspect or the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, K is greater than the first threshold. The first threshold may be a preset value, or the first threshold is configured by the network device, or the first threshold is associated with the bandwidth capability of the terminal device. By setting the first threshold, it can be avoided that when a terminal device with a low bandwidth capability can receive the first candidate control channel whose aggregation level is less than or equal to the first threshold, the network device still splits the first candidate control channel whose aggregation level is less than the first threshold. Divided into multiple second candidate control channels, so that the DCI transmission delay increases. Based on this method, the network implementation is more flexible, the network device can complete the sending of the DCI as soon as possible, and at the same time, the terminal device can also complete the receiving of the DCI as soon as possible, reducing the DCI transmission delay.
根据第一方面或第二方面所描述的方法,在一种可能的实现方式中,N、M和K满足:
Figure PCTCN2022100588-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2022100588-appb-000002
基于该实现方式,能够使带宽能力较低的终端设备接收由网络设备发送的高聚合等级的候选控制信道。
According to the method described in the first aspect or the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, N, M and K satisfy:
Figure PCTCN2022100588-appb-000001
or
Figure PCTCN2022100588-appb-000002
Based on this implementation manner, a terminal device with a lower bandwidth capability can receive a candidate control channel with a high aggregation level sent by a network device.
根据第一方面或第二方面所描述的方法,在一种可能的实现方式中,N个第二候选控制信道属于同一个搜索空间集合。基于该实现方式,N个第二候选控制信道可采用相同的搜索空间集合配置参数,可以降低搜索空间集合配置信令开销。According to the method described in the first aspect or the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the N second candidate control channels belong to the same search space set. Based on this implementation, the N second candidate control channels can use the same search space set configuration parameters, which can reduce the signaling overhead of the search space set configuration.
可选的,N个第二候选控制信道位于同一个时隙内,或者,N个第二候选控制信道位于不同时隙内。基于该实现方式,N个第二候选控制信道位于同一个时隙内,可以降低DCI传输时延;N个第二候选控制信道位于不同时隙内,可以减少DCI监听次数,进而可以降低终端设备检测DCI的功耗。Optionally, the N second candidate control channels are located in the same time slot, or the N second candidate control channels are located in different time slots. Based on this implementation, the N second candidate control channels are located in the same time slot, which can reduce the DCI transmission delay; the N second candidate control channels are located in different time slots, which can reduce the number of DCI monitoring times, thereby reducing the cost of terminal equipment. Detect DCI power consumption.
进一步可选的,N个第二候选控制信道位于同一个时隙内;N个第二候选控制信道在同一个时隙内占用连续的正交频分复用OFDM符号,或N个第二候选控制信道在同一个时隙内占用不连续的OFDM符号。基于该实现方式,N个第二候选控制信道在同一个时隙内占用连续的正交频分复用OFDM符号,可以降低DCI传输时延;N个第二候选控制信道在同一个时隙内占用不连续的OFDM符号,可以避免下行信道长期被带宽能力较低的终端设备占用,网络设备可以将同一个时隙内没有被N个第二候选控制信道占用的OFDM符号分配给其它终端设备使用。Further optionally, the N second candidate control channels are located in the same time slot; the N second candidate control channels occupy consecutive OFDM symbols in the same time slot, or the N second candidate control channels The control channel occupies discontinuous OFDM symbols in the same time slot. Based on this implementation, N second candidate control channels occupy continuous OFDM symbols in the same time slot, which can reduce DCI transmission delay; N second candidate control channels in the same time slot Occupying discontinuous OFDM symbols can prevent the downlink channel from being occupied by terminal equipment with low bandwidth capability for a long time, and the network equipment can allocate OFDM symbols that are not occupied by N second candidate control channels in the same time slot to other terminal equipment for use .
进一步可选的,N个第二候选控制信道位于不同时隙内;N个第二候选控制信道位于连续的时隙内。基于该实现方式,N个第二候选控制信道位于不同时隙内,可以避免下行信道长期被带宽能力较低的终端设备占用,网络设备可以将没有被N个第二候选控制信道占用的 OFDM符号分配给其它终端设备使用。通过约束N个第二候选控制信道位于连续的时隙内,可以降低DCI传输时延。Further optionally, the N second candidate control channels are located in different time slots; the N second candidate control channels are located in consecutive time slots. Based on this implementation, the N second candidate control channels are located in different time slots, which can prevent the downlink channel from being occupied by terminal equipment with low bandwidth capability for a long time, and the network device can use OFDM symbols that are not occupied by the N second candidate control channels Distributed to other terminal equipment for use. DCI transmission delay can be reduced by constraining the N second candidate control channels to be located in consecutive time slots.
可选的,N个第二候选控制信道属于多个搜索空间集合。基于该实现方式,能够使网络设备对第二候选控制信道的配置更加灵活。Optionally, the N second candidate control channels belong to multiple search space sets. Based on this implementation manner, the configuration of the second candidate control channel by the network device can be made more flexible.
进一步可选的,该多个搜索空间集合关联同一个控制资源集合CORESET索引,或者,该多个搜索空间集合关联不同的CORESET索引。基于该实现方式,该多个搜索空间集合关联相同的CORESET索引,N个第二候选控制信道可采用相同的CORESET配置参数,可以降低CORESET配置信令开销。该多个搜索空间集合关联不同的CORESET索引,网络设备实现更加灵活。Further optionally, the multiple search space sets are associated with the same control resource set CORESET index, or the multiple search space sets are associated with different CORESET indexes. Based on this implementation, the multiple search space sets are associated with the same CORESET index, and the N second candidate control channels can use the same CORESET configuration parameters, which can reduce the CORESET configuration signaling overhead. The plurality of search space sets are associated with different CORESET indexes, so that the network device can implement more flexibly.
进一步可选的,该多个搜索空间集合对应同一种DCI格式。基于该实现方式,可以使得同一个DCI在多个搜索空间集合内传输。Further optionally, the multiple search space sets correspond to the same DCI format. Based on this implementation, the same DCI can be transmitted in multiple sets of search spaces.
进一步可选的,该多个搜索空间集合的检测周期相同,时隙偏置不同。基于该实现方式,可以节省多个搜索空间集合的配置信令开销。Further optionally, the detection periods of the multiple search space sets are the same, and the time slot offsets are different. Based on this implementation, the configuration signaling overhead of multiple search space sets can be saved.
根据第一方面或第二方面所描述的方法,在一种可能的实现方式中,N个第二候选控制信道对应的传输配置指示状态相同或不同。基于该实现方式,N个第二候选控制信道对应的传输配置指示状态相同,该N个第二候选控制信道可以做联合信道估计,可以提升信道估计性能,进而提升DCI传输性能;N个第二候选控制信道对应的传输配置指示状态不同,可以获得分集增益,提升DCI传输性能。According to the method described in the first aspect or the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the transmission configuration indication states corresponding to the N second candidate control channels are the same or different. Based on this implementation method, the transmission configuration indication states corresponding to the N second candidate control channels are the same, and the N second candidate control channels can be used for joint channel estimation, which can improve the channel estimation performance and further improve the DCI transmission performance; N second candidate control channels The transmission configuration indication states corresponding to the candidate control channels are different, which can obtain diversity gain and improve DCI transmission performance.
根据第一方面或第二方面所描述的方法,在一种可能的实现方式中N个第二候选控制信道占用的频域位置相同,时域位置不同。基于该实现方式,能够使带宽能力较低的终端设备接收由网络设备发送的高聚合等级的候选控制信道。According to the method described in the first aspect or the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the N second candidate control channels occupy the same frequency domain positions and different time domain positions. Based on this implementation manner, a terminal device with a lower bandwidth capability can receive a candidate control channel with a high aggregation level sent by a network device.
根据第一方面或第二方面所描述的方法,在一种可能的实现方式中,第一候选控制信道在频域上占用的带宽和第二候选控制信道在频域上占用的带宽相同。基于该实现方式,能够使带宽能力较低的终端设备接收由网络设备发送的高聚合等级的候选控制信道。According to the method described in the first aspect or the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the bandwidth occupied by the first candidate control channel in the frequency domain is the same as the bandwidth occupied by the second candidate control channel in the frequency domain. Based on this implementation manner, a terminal device with a lower bandwidth capability can receive a candidate control channel with a high aggregation level sent by a network device.
第三方面,本申请提供了一种数据传输的方法,该方法包括:网络设备确定下行控制信息DCI,该DCI携带第一信息和第二信息,该第一信息和该第二信息用于终端设备确定该DCI调度的第一物理信道或参考信号的时域资源;第一信息用于确定DCI结束的时间单元,第二信息用于确定DCI结束的时间单元和第一物理信道开始传输的时间单元之间的时间间隔,或者,第二信息用于确定DCI结束的时间单元和该参考信号开始传输的时间单元之间的时间间隔;网络设备向终端设备发送DCI。基于该实现方式,有利于使终端设备能够更准确的确定DCI调度的时域资源。In a third aspect, the present application provides a data transmission method, the method includes: a network device determines downlink control information DCI, the DCI carries first information and second information, and the first information and the second information are used by the terminal The device determines the time domain resources of the first physical channel or reference signal scheduled by the DCI; the first information is used to determine the time unit at which the DCI ends, and the second information is used to determine the time unit at which the DCI ends and the time when the first physical channel starts transmission The time interval between units, or, the second information is used to determine the time interval between the time unit when the DCI ends and the time unit when the reference signal starts to be transmitted; the network device sends the DCI to the terminal device. Based on this implementation manner, it is beneficial for the terminal device to more accurately determine the time-domain resource for DCI scheduling.
第四方面,本申请提供了一种数据传输的方法,该方法包括:终端设备接收来自网络设备的下行控制信息DCI,该DCI携带第一信息和第二信息,第一信息用于确定该DCI结束的时间单元,第二信息用于确定该DCI结束的时间单元和第一物理信道开始传输的时间单元之间的时间间隔,或者,第二信息用于确定该DCI结束的时间单元和参考信号开始传输的时间单元之间的时间间隔;终端设备根据第一信息和第二信息确定DCI调度的第一物理信道或参考信号的时域资源。第四方面所描述的方法对应的有益效果可参见第三方面所描述的内容,在此不再赘述。In a fourth aspect, the present application provides a data transmission method, the method comprising: a terminal device receives downlink control information DCI from a network device, the DCI carries first information and second information, and the first information is used to determine the DCI The end time unit, the second information is used to determine the time interval between the end time unit of the DCI and the time unit when the first physical channel starts transmission, or the second information is used to determine the end time unit of the DCI and the reference signal A time interval between time units for starting transmission; the terminal device determines the time-domain resource of the first physical channel or reference signal scheduled by the DCI according to the first information and the second information. For the beneficial effects corresponding to the method described in the fourth aspect, refer to the content described in the third aspect, and details are not repeated here.
第五方面,本申请提供了一种数据传输的方法,该方法包括:网络设备确定至少一个第一方向初始部分带宽BWP的频率位置;网络设备向终端设备发送配置信息,该配置信息用于配置至少一个第一方向初始BWP的频率位置;网络设备根据至少一个第一方向初始BWP的 频率位置确定至少一个第二方向初始BWP的频率位置;网络设备根据至少一个第一方向初始BWP的频率位置和至少一个第二方向初始BWP的频率位置与终端设备进行通信。In a fifth aspect, the present application provides a data transmission method, the method comprising: a network device determines at least one frequency position of an initial partial bandwidth BWP in a first direction; the network device sends configuration information to a terminal device, and the configuration information is used to configure The frequency position of at least one initial BWP in the first direction; the network device determines the frequency position of at least one initial BWP in the second direction according to the frequency position of at least one initial BWP in the first direction; the network device determines the frequency position of at least one initial BWP in the first direction according to the frequency position and The frequency position of at least one initial BWP in the second direction is communicated with the terminal device.
基于第五方面所描述的方法,由于配置信息中仅需包含用于确定第一方向初始BWP的频率位置的信息,无需包含用于确定第二方向初始BWP的频率位置信息,因此可以节省配置信息的信令开销。Based on the method described in the fifth aspect, since the configuration information only needs to contain the frequency position information used to determine the initial BWP in the first direction, it does not need to contain the frequency position information used to determine the initial BWP in the second direction, so configuration information can be saved signaling overhead.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该配置信息用于指示随机接入信道PRACH传输机会的个数P以及该P个PRACH传输机会在频域上的起始位置;在网络设备确定至少一个第一方向初始BWP的频率位置时,该步骤具体包括:网络设备根据PRACH传输机会的个数P以及该P个PRACH传输机会在频域上的起始位置,确定至少一个第一方向初始BWP的频率位置。In a possible implementation manner, the configuration information is used to indicate the number P of random access channel PRACH transmission opportunities and the starting positions of the P PRACH transmission opportunities in the frequency domain; For the frequency position of the initial BWP in the direction, this step specifically includes: the network device determines at least one frequency position of the initial BWP in the first direction according to the number P of PRACH transmission opportunities and the starting positions of the P PRACH transmission opportunities in the frequency domain .
一种可能的实现方式中,P个PRACH传输机会频率复用。In a possible implementation manner, the P PRACH transmission opportunities are frequency multiplexed.
一种可能的实现方式中,该至少一个第一方向初始BWP中的一个第一方向初始BWP在频域上的起始位置和该P个PRACH传输机会在频域上的起始位置相同。In a possible implementation manner, a start position of one first direction initial BWP in the at least one first direction initial BWP in the frequency domain is the same as a start position of the P PRACH transmission opportunities in the frequency domain.
一种可能的实现方式中,该至少一个第一方向初始BWP中的一个第一方向初始BWP占用的频率带宽和该P个PRACH传输机会中的C个PRACH传输机会占用的频率带宽相同,其中C为小于或者等于P的正整数。In a possible implementation manner, the frequency bandwidth occupied by one initial BWP in the first direction among the at least one initial BWP in the first direction is the same as the frequency bandwidth occupied by C PRACH transmission opportunities among the P PRACH transmission opportunities, where C is a positive integer less than or equal to P.
一种可能的实现方式中,该P个PRACH传输机会按照频率由低到高顺序依次记为PRACH传输机会0,PRACH传输机会1,…,PRACH传输机会P-1,该C个PRACH传输机会为从该PRACH传输机会0开始的C个PRACH传输机会。In a possible implementation manner, the P PRACH transmission opportunities are recorded as PRACH transmission opportunity 0, PRACH transmission opportunity 1,..., PRACH transmission opportunity P-1 in order of frequency from low to high, and the C PRACH transmission opportunities are C PRACH transmission opportunities starting from the PRACH transmission opportunity 0.
一种可能的实现方式中,该至少一个第一方向初始BWP中的一个第一方向初始BWP在频域上的起始位置和该P个PRACH传输机会中的第F个PRACH传输机会的频率起始位置相同,其中F为小于或者等于P的正整数。In a possible implementation manner, the starting position of one first direction initial BWP in the at least one first direction initial BWP in the frequency domain is equal to the frequency of the Fth PRACH transmission opportunity among the P PRACH transmission opportunities The starting position is the same, where F is a positive integer less than or equal to P.
一种可能的实现方式中,该P个PRACH传输机会按照频率由低到高顺序依次记为PRACH传输机会0,PRACH传输机会1,…,PRACH传输机会P-1,该第F个PRACH传输机会为索引号为F-1的PRACH传输机会。In a possible implementation manner, the P PRACH transmission opportunities are recorded as PRACH transmission opportunity 0, PRACH transmission opportunity 1,..., PRACH transmission opportunity P-1 in order of frequency from low to high, and the Fth PRACH transmission opportunity is the PRACH transmission opportunity with index number F-1.
一种可能的实现方式中,该至少一个第一方向初始BWP中的一个第一方向初始BWP占用的频率带宽小于或者等于该终端设备支持的最大带宽。In a possible implementation manner, a frequency bandwidth occupied by one first-direction initial BWP among the at least one first-direction initial BWP is smaller than or equal to a maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一方向初始BWP的中心频率位置与第二方向初始BWP的中心频率相同,以及第一方向初始BWP的物理资源块PRB与第二方向初始BWP的PRB数量相同。In a possible implementation, the center frequency position of the initial BWP in the first direction is the same as the center frequency of the initial BWP in the second direction, and the number of PRBs of the initial BWP in the first direction is the same as that of the initial BWP in the second direction .
在一种可能的实现方式中,配置信息承载在系统信息中。In a possible implementation manner, configuration information is carried in system information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一方向为上行,第二方向为下行。In a possible implementation manner, the first direction is uplink, and the second direction is downlink.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一方向为下行,第二方向为上行。In a possible implementation manner, the first direction is downlink, and the second direction is uplink.
第六方面,本申请提供了一种数据传输的方法,终端设备接收网络设备发送的配置信息,该配置信息用于配置至少一个第一方向初始BWP的频率位置;终端设备根据配置信息确定至少一个第一方向初始部分带宽BWP的频率位置;终端设备根据至少一个第一方向初始BWP的频率位置确定至少一个第二方向初始BWP的频率位置;终端设备根据至少一个第一方向初始BWP的频率位置和至少一个第二方向初始BWP的频率位置与网络设备进行通信。In a sixth aspect, the present application provides a method for data transmission. The terminal device receives configuration information sent by the network device, and the configuration information is used to configure at least one frequency position of the initial BWP in the first direction; the terminal device determines at least one frequency position according to the configuration information. The frequency position of the initial partial bandwidth BWP in the first direction; the terminal device determines the frequency position of at least one initial BWP in the second direction according to the frequency position of at least one initial BWP in the first direction; the terminal device determines the frequency position of at least one initial BWP in the first direction according to the frequency position and The frequency location of the initial BWP in at least one second direction is communicated with the network device.
第六方面所描述的方法对应的有益效果可参见第五方面所描述的内容,在此不再赘述。For the beneficial effects corresponding to the method described in the sixth aspect, reference may be made to the content described in the fifth aspect, which will not be repeated here.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该配置信息用于指示随机接入信道PRACH传输机会的个数P以及该P个PRACH传输机会在频域上的起始位置;在终端设备确定至少一个第一方向初始BWP的频率位置时,该步骤具体包括:终端设备根据PRACH传输机会的个数P以及该P个 PRACH传输机会在频域上的起始位置,确定至少一个第一方向初始BWP的频率位置;In a possible implementation, the configuration information is used to indicate the number P of random access channel PRACH transmission opportunities and the starting positions of the P PRACH transmission opportunities in the frequency domain; For the frequency position of the initial BWP in the direction, this step specifically includes: the terminal device determines at least one frequency position of the initial BWP in the first direction according to the number P of PRACH transmission opportunities and the starting positions of the P PRACH transmission opportunities in the frequency domain ;
一种可能的实现方式中,P个PRACH传输机会频率复用。In a possible implementation manner, the P PRACH transmission opportunities are frequency multiplexed.
一种可能的实现方式中,该至少一个第一方向初始BWP中的一个第一方向初始BWP在频域上的起始位置和该P个PRACH传输机会在频域上的起始位置相同。In a possible implementation manner, a start position of one first direction initial BWP in the at least one first direction initial BWP in the frequency domain is the same as a start position of the P PRACH transmission opportunities in the frequency domain.
一种可能的实现方式中,该至少一个第一方向初始BWP中的一个第一方向初始BWP占用的频率带宽和该P个PRACH传输机会中的C个PRACH传输机会占用的频率带宽相同,其中C为小于或者等于P的正整数。In a possible implementation manner, the frequency bandwidth occupied by one initial BWP in the first direction among the at least one initial BWP in the first direction is the same as the frequency bandwidth occupied by C PRACH transmission opportunities among the P PRACH transmission opportunities, where C is a positive integer less than or equal to P.
一种可能的实现方式中,该P个PRACH传输机会按照频率由低到高顺序依次记为PRACH传输机会0,PRACH传输机会1,…,PRACH传输机会P-1,该C个PRACH传输机会为从该PRACH传输机会0开始的C个PRACH传输机会。In a possible implementation manner, the P PRACH transmission opportunities are recorded as PRACH transmission opportunity 0, PRACH transmission opportunity 1,..., PRACH transmission opportunity P-1 in order of frequency from low to high, and the C PRACH transmission opportunities are C PRACH transmission opportunities starting from the PRACH transmission opportunity 0.
一种可能的实现方式中,该至少一个第一方向初始BWP中的一个第一方向初始BWP在频域上的起始位置和该P个PRACH传输机会中的第F个PRACH传输机会的频率起始位置相同,其中F为小于或者等于P的正整数。In a possible implementation manner, the starting position of one first direction initial BWP in the at least one first direction initial BWP in the frequency domain is equal to the frequency of the Fth PRACH transmission opportunity among the P PRACH transmission opportunities The starting position is the same, where F is a positive integer less than or equal to P.
一种可能的实现方式中,该P个PRACH传输机会按照频率由低到高顺序依次记为PRACH传输机会0,PRACH传输机会1,…,PRACH传输机会P-1,该第F个PRACH传输机会为索引号为F-1的PRACH传输机会。In a possible implementation manner, the P PRACH transmission opportunities are recorded as PRACH transmission opportunity 0, PRACH transmission opportunity 1,..., PRACH transmission opportunity P-1 in order of frequency from low to high, and the Fth PRACH transmission opportunity is the PRACH transmission opportunity with index number F-1.
一种可能的实现方式中,该至少一个第一方向初始BWP中的一个第一方向初始BWP占用的频率带宽小于或者等于该终端设备支持的最大带宽。In a possible implementation manner, a frequency bandwidth occupied by one first-direction initial BWP among the at least one first-direction initial BWP is smaller than or equal to a maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一方向初始BWP的中心频率位置与第二方向初始BWP的中心频率相同,以及第一方向初始BWP的物理资源块PRB与第二方向初始BWP的PRB数量相同。In a possible implementation, the center frequency position of the initial BWP in the first direction is the same as the center frequency of the initial BWP in the second direction, and the number of PRBs of the initial BWP in the first direction is the same as that of the initial BWP in the second direction .
在一种可能的实现方式中,配置信息承载在系统信息中。In a possible implementation manner, configuration information is carried in system information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一方向为上行,第二方向为下行。In a possible implementation manner, the first direction is uplink, and the second direction is downlink.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一方向为下行,第二方向为上行。In a possible implementation manner, the first direction is downlink, and the second direction is uplink.
第七方面,本申请提供了一种数据传输的方法,该方法包括:网络设备确定第一初始上行BWP,第一初始上行BWP为多个初始BWP中的一个;网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息,该指示信息用于指示该第一初始上行BWP在该多个初始上行BWP中的索引。基于第七方面所描述的方法,网络设备为终端设备指示了第一初始上行BWP,实现更加灵活,终端设备通过接收指示第一初始上行BWP,基于第一初始上行BWP进行随机接入,可以提升随机接入成功概率。In a seventh aspect, the present application provides a data transmission method, the method comprising: a network device determines a first initial uplink BWP, where the first initial uplink BWP is one of multiple initial BWPs; the network device sends indication information to the terminal device , the indication information is used to indicate the index of the first initial uplink BWP in the multiple initial uplink BWPs. Based on the method described in the seventh aspect, the network device indicates the first initial uplink BWP for the terminal device, which is more flexible. The terminal device performs random access based on the first initial uplink BWP by receiving the indicated first initial uplink BWP, which can improve Probability of random access success.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该指示信息承载于第一DCI中。In a possible implementation manner, the indication information is carried in the first DCI.
可选的,第一DCI的循环冗余校验CRC通过小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI加扰。Optionally, the cyclic redundancy check (CRC) of the first DCI is scrambled by using the cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI.
可选的,第一DCI用于触发随机接入过程,该第一DCI还包括以下一项或者多项:随机接入前导码索引,正常上行链路/补充上行链路UL/SUL指示,同步信号和物理广播信道SS/PBCH索引,随机接入信道PRACH掩码索引。Optionally, the first DCI is used to trigger the random access process, and the first DCI also includes one or more of the following: random access preamble index, normal uplink/supplementary uplink UL/SUL indication, synchronization Signal and physical broadcast channel SS/PBCH index, random access channel PRACH mask index.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在网络设备发送指示信息之前,该方法还包括:网络设备向终端设备发送随机接入资源配置信息,所述随机接入资源配置信息中包含A个随机接入资源类型的配置信息,A不超过一个PRACH机会关联的SSB个数B。基于该实现方式,一方面有利于确保每种类型的随机接入资源均有足够的前导码,保证终端设备随机接入性能,另一方面可以减少网络侧的随机接入资源开销。In a possible implementation manner, before the network device sends the indication information, the method further includes: the network device sends random access resource configuration information to the terminal device, and the random access resource configuration information includes A random access resource configuration information. Resource type configuration information, A does not exceed the number B of SSBs associated with one PRACH opportunity. Based on this implementation, on the one hand, it is beneficial to ensure that each type of random access resource has enough preambles to ensure the random access performance of terminal equipment, and on the other hand, it can reduce the random access resource overhead on the network side.
第八方面,本申请提供了一种数据传输的方法,该方法包括:终端设备接收网络设备发 送的指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示第一初始上行BWP在多个初始上行BWP中的索引;终端设备基于第一初始上行BWP在多个初始上行BWP中的索引确定该第一初始上行BWP;终端设备基于该第一初始上行BWP向网络设备发起随机接入。In an eighth aspect, the present application provides a method for data transmission, the method comprising: a terminal device receiving indication information sent by a network device, where the indication information is used to indicate the index of the first initial uplink BWP among the multiple initial uplink BWPs The terminal device determines the first initial uplink BWP based on the index of the first initial uplink BWP in the multiple initial uplink BWPs; the terminal device initiates random access to the network device based on the first initial uplink BWP.
第八方面所描述的方法对应的有益效果可参见第七方面所描述的内容,在此不再赘述。For the beneficial effects corresponding to the method described in the eighth aspect, refer to the content described in the seventh aspect, and details are not repeated here.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该指示信息承载于第一DCI中。In a possible implementation manner, the indication information is carried in the first DCI.
可选的,第一DCI的循环冗余校验CRC通过小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI加扰。Optionally, the cyclic redundancy check (CRC) of the first DCI is scrambled by using the cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI.
可选的,第一DCI用于触发随机接入过程,该第一DCI还以下一项或者多项:随机接入前导码索引,正常上行链路/补充上行链路UL/SUL指示,同步信号和物理广播信道SS/PBCH索引,随机接入信道PRACH掩码索引。Optionally, the first DCI is used to trigger the random access process, and the first DCI also includes one or more of the following: random access preamble index, normal uplink/supplementary uplink UL/SUL indication, synchronization signal And physical broadcast channel SS/PBCH index, random access channel PRACH mask index.
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备接收网络设备发送的指示信息之前,该方法还包括:终端设备接收网络设备发送的随机接入资源配置信息,所述随机接入资源配置信息包含A个随机接入资源类型的配置信息,A不超过一个PRACH机会关联的SSB个数B;终端设备根据所述随机接入资源配置信息确定该终端设备类型对应的随机接入资源;在终端设备基于所述第一初始上行BWP向网络设备发起随机接入时,该步骤具体包括:终端设备根据所述第一初始上行BWP和所述终端设备类型对应的随机接入资源向网络设备发起随机接入。In a possible implementation manner, before the terminal device receives the indication information sent by the network device, the method further includes: the terminal device receives random access resource configuration information sent by the network device, and the random access resource configuration information includes A The configuration information of the random access resource type, A does not exceed the number B of SSBs associated with a PRACH opportunity; the terminal device determines the random access resource corresponding to the terminal device type according to the random access resource configuration information; When the first initial uplink BWP initiates random access to the network device, this step specifically includes: the terminal device initiates random access to the network device according to the first initial uplink BWP and the random access resource corresponding to the terminal device type.
第九方面,本申请提供了一种通信装置,该装置可以是网络设备,也可以是网络设备中的装置,或者是能够和网络设备匹配使用的装置。其中,该通信装置还可以为芯片系统。该通信装置可执行第一方面、第三方面、第五方面或第七方面所述的方法。该通信装置的功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元或模块。该单元或模块可以是软件和/或硬件。该通信装置执行的操作及有益效果可以参见上述第一方面、第三方面、第五方面或第七方面所述的方法以及有益效果,重复之处不再赘述。In a ninth aspect, the present application provides a communication device. The device may be a network device, or a device in the network device, or a device that can be matched with the network device. Wherein, the communication device may also be a system on a chip. The communication device may execute the method described in the first aspect, the third aspect, the fifth aspect or the seventh aspect. The functions of the communication device may be realized by hardware, or may be realized by executing corresponding software by hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more units or modules corresponding to the above functions. The unit or module can be software and/or hardware. For operations and beneficial effects performed by the communication device, reference may be made to the methods and beneficial effects described in the first aspect, the third aspect, the fifth aspect, or the seventh aspect, and repeated descriptions will not be repeated.
第十方面,本申请提供了一种通信装置,该装置可以是终端设备,也可以是终端设备中的装置,或者是能够和终端设备匹配使用的装置。该通信装置可执行第二方面、第四方面、第六方面、或第八方面所述的方法。该通信装置的功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元或模块。该单元或模块可以是软件和/或硬件。该通信装置执行的操作及有益效果可以参见上述第二方面、第四方面、第六方面、或第八方面所述的方法以及有益效果,重复之处不再赘述。In a tenth aspect, the present application provides a communication device. The device may be a terminal device, or a device in the terminal device, or a device that can be matched with the terminal device. The communication device may execute the method described in the second aspect, the fourth aspect, the sixth aspect, or the eighth aspect. The functions of the communication device may be realized by hardware, or may be realized by executing corresponding software by hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more units or modules corresponding to the above functions. The unit or module can be software and/or hardware. For the operations and beneficial effects performed by the communication device, reference may be made to the methods and beneficial effects described in the second aspect, the fourth aspect, the sixth aspect, or the eighth aspect above, and repeated descriptions will not be repeated.
第十一方面,本申请提供了一种通信装置,所述通信装置包括处理器,当所述处理器调用存储器中的计算机程序时,如第一方面~第八方面中任意一项的方法被执行。In the eleventh aspect, the present application provides a communication device, the communication device includes a processor, and when the processor calls the computer program in the memory, the method according to any one of the first aspect to the eighth aspect is executed implement.
第十二方面,本申请提供了一种通信装置,通信装置包括处理器和存储器,处理器和存储器耦合;处理器用于实现如第一方面~第八方面中任意一项的方法。In a twelfth aspect, the present application provides a communication device, the communication device includes a processor and a memory, and the processor and the memory are coupled; the processor is used to implement the method according to any one of the first aspect to the eighth aspect.
第十三方面,本申请提供了一种通信装置,通信装置包括处理器和接口电路,该接口电路用于接收来自通信装置之外的其它通信装置的信号并传输至处理器或将来自处理器的信号发送给通信装置之外的其它通信装置,处理器通过逻辑电路或执行代码指令用于实现如第一方面~第八方面中任意一项的方法。In a thirteenth aspect, the present application provides a communication device. The communication device includes a processor and an interface circuit. The signal is sent to other communication devices other than the communication device, and the processor implements the method according to any one of the first aspect to the eighth aspect through a logic circuit or executing code instructions.
第十四方面,本申请提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,存储介质中存储有计算机程序或指令,当计算机程序或指令被通信装置执行时,实现如第一方面~第八方面中任意一项的方法。第十五方面,本申请提供一种包括指令的计算机程序产品,当计算机读取并执行计算机程序产品时,使得计算机执行如第一方面~第八方面中任意一项的方法。In a fourteenth aspect, the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, in which computer programs or instructions are stored. When the computer programs or instructions are executed by a communication device, any one of the first to eighth aspects can be realized. item method. In a fifteenth aspect, the present application provides a computer program product including instructions. When a computer reads and executes the computer program product, the computer executes the method according to any one of the first aspect to the eighth aspect.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1是资源单元组的资源结构的示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a resource structure of a resource unit group;
图2是本申请实施例提供的一种资源单元组对应控制信道单元的示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a control channel unit corresponding to a resource unit group provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图3是本申请实施例提供的一种候选控制信道的示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a candidate control channel provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4是本申请实施例提供的一个搜索空间集合示意图;FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a set of search spaces provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例中提供的一种通信系统架构示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a communication system architecture provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图5A为本申请实施例中提供的一种通信网络架构示意图;FIG. 5A is a schematic diagram of a communication network architecture provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图5B为本申请实施例中提供的一种通信网络架构示意图;FIG. 5B is a schematic diagram of a communication network architecture provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图5C为本申请实施例中提供一种通信网络架构示意图;FIG. 5C is a schematic diagram of a communication network architecture provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图6是本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输方法的流程示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a data transmission method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图7是本申请实施例提供的一种第一候选控制信道的结构示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a first candidate control channel provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8是本申请实施例提供的又一种第一候选控制信道的结构示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of another first candidate control channel provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图9是本申请实施例提供的又一种第一候选控制信道的结构示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of another first candidate control channel provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10是本申请实施例提供的又一种第一候选控制信道的结构示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of another first candidate control channel provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图11是本申请实施例提供的又一种第一候选控制信道的结构示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of another first candidate control channel provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图12是本申请实施例提供的一种第二信息指示方式的示意图;Fig. 12 is a schematic diagram of a second information indication method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图13是本申请实施例提供的又一种数据传输方法的流程示意图;Fig. 13 is a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图14是本申请实施例提供的又一种数据传输方法的流程示意图;FIG. 14 is a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图15是本申请实施例提供的一种部分带宽频域位置的示意图;FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of frequency domain positions of a partial bandwidth provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图16是本申请实施例提供的又一种数据传输方法的流程示意图;FIG. 16 is a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图17是本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图;Fig. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图18是本申请实施例提供的又一种通信装置的结构示意图;Fig. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图19是本申请实施例提供的芯片的结构示意图。FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式detailed description
下面结合附图对本申请具体实施例作进一步的详细描述。The specific embodiments of the present application will be further described in detail below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.
本申请的说明书、权利要求书及附图中的术语“第一”和“第二”等是用于区别不同对象,而不是用于描述特定顺序。此外,术语“包括”和“具有”以及它们任何变形,意图在于覆盖不排他的包含。例如包含了一系列步骤或单元的过程、方法、系统、产品或设备没有限定于已列出的步骤或单元,而是可选地还包括没有列出的步骤或单元,或可选地还包括对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备固有的其它步骤或单元。The terms "first" and "second" in the specification, claims and drawings of the present application are used to distinguish different objects, rather than to describe a specific order. Furthermore, the terms "include" and "have", as well as any variations thereof, are intended to cover a non-exclusive inclusion. For example, a process, method, system, product or device comprising a series of steps or units is not limited to the listed steps or units, but optionally also includes unlisted steps or units, or optionally further includes For other steps or units inherent in these processes, methods, products or apparatuses.
在本文中提及“实施例”意味着,结合实施例描述的特定特征、结构或特性可以包含在本申请的至少一个实施例中。在说明书中的各个位置出现该短语并不一定均是指相同的实施例,也不是与其它实施例互斥的独立的或备选的实施例。本领域技术人员显式地和隐式地理解的是,本文所描述的实施例可以与其它实施例相结合。Reference herein to an "embodiment" means that a particular feature, structure, or characteristic described in connection with the embodiment can be included in at least one embodiment of the present application. The occurrences of this phrase in various places in the specification are not necessarily all referring to the same embodiment, nor are separate or alternative embodiments mutually exclusive of other embodiments. It is understood explicitly and implicitly by those skilled in the art that the embodiments described herein can be combined with other embodiments.
在本申请中,“至少一个(项)”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上,“至少两个(项)”是指两个或三个及三个以上,“和/或”,用于描述关联对象的对应关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,“A和/或B”可以表示:只存在A,只存在B以及同时存在A和B三种情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个) 的任意组合。例如,a,b或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,“a和b”,“a和c”,“b和c”,或“a和b和c”,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。In this application, "at least one (item)" means one or more, "multiple" means two or more, "at least two (items)" means two or three and three Above, "and/or" is used to describe the corresponding relationship between associated objects, indicating that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, "A and/or B" can mean: only A exists, only B exists, and A and B exist simultaneously. A case where A and B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the contextual objects are an "or" relationship. "At least one of the following" or similar expressions refer to any combination of these items, including any combination of single or plural items. For example, at least one item (piece) of a, b or c can mean: a, b, c, "a and b", "a and c", "b and c", or "a and b and c ", where a, b, c can be single or multiple.
为了能够使带宽能力较低的终端设备接收高聚合等级的候选物理下行控制信道(Physical Downlink Control Channel,PDCCH),本申请实施例提供了一种数据传输的方法,下面先对本申请涉及的专业术语进行介绍:In order to enable terminal devices with lower bandwidth capabilities to receive high-aggregation-level candidate Physical Downlink Control Channels (PDCCHs), this embodiment of the present application provides a data transmission method. The technical terms involved in this application are first described below. Make an introduction:
一、子载波:正交频分复用(Orthogonal Frequency-Division Multiplexing,OFDM)系统中将频域资源划分为若干个子资源,该子资源可称为一个子载波。子载波为频域资源的最小粒度。1. Subcarriers: In an Orthogonal Frequency-Division Multiplexing (OFDM) system, frequency domain resources are divided into several sub-resources, which can be called a sub-carrier. A subcarrier is the smallest granularity of frequency domain resources.
二、子载波间隔:子载波间隔指频域上相邻的两个子载波的中心位置或峰值位置之间的间隔值。例如,长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统中的子载波间隔为15kHz,新空口(New Radio,NR)系统中的子载波间隔可以是15kHz,或30kHz,或60kHz,或120kHz等。2. Subcarrier spacing: The subcarrier spacing refers to the interval value between the center positions or peak positions of two adjacent subcarriers in the frequency domain. For example, the subcarrier spacing in the long term evolution (LTE) system is 15kHz, and the subcarrier spacing in the New Radio (NR) system can be 15kHz, or 30kHz, or 60kHz, or 120kHz, etc.
三、资源块:频域上连续的N个子载波可称为一个资源块。例如,LTE系统中的一个资源块包括12个子载波,NR系统中的一个资源块也包括12子载波。随着通信系统的演进,一个资源块包括的子载波个数也可以是其他值。3. Resource block: N consecutive subcarriers in the frequency domain may be called a resource block. For example, one resource block in the LTE system includes 12 subcarriers, and one resource block in the NR system also includes 12 subcarriers. With the evolution of the communication system, the number of subcarriers included in a resource block may also be other values.
四、OFDM符号:OFDM符号为OFDM系统中时域上最小的时间单元。4. OFDM symbol: The OFDM symbol is the smallest time unit in the time domain in the OFDM system.
五、时隙(Slot):时隙指时域上的一个时间单元。NR系统中一个时隙包括14个OFDM符号,15kHz子载波间隔对应的时隙长度为1ms,30kHz子载波间隔对应的时隙长度为0.5ms,60kHz子载波间隔对应的时隙长度为0.25ms,120kHz子载波间隔的时隙长度为0.125ms,240kHz子载波间隔的时隙长度为0.0625ms。5. Time slot (Slot): A time slot refers to a time unit in the time domain. A time slot in the NR system includes 14 OFDM symbols, the length of the time slot corresponding to the 15kHz sub-carrier spacing is 1ms, the length of the time slot corresponding to the 30kHz sub-carrier spacing is 0.5ms, and the length of the time slot corresponding to the 60kHz sub-carrier spacing is 0.25ms. The time slot length of 120kHz sub-carrier spacing is 0.125ms, and the time slot length of 240kHz sub-carrier spacing is 0.0625ms.
六、下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information,DCI):DCI由PDCCH承载,用于调度物理信道或参考信号的时频资源位置和大小,或者用于指示多天线配置信息等。6. Downlink Control Information (DCI): DCI is carried by PDCCH and is used to schedule the location and size of time-frequency resources of physical channels or reference signals, or to indicate multi-antenna configuration information, etc.
七、控制资源集合(Control-resource set,CORESET):CORESET为一组物理资源集合,由频域上多个物理资源块(Physical Resource Block,PRB)和时域上的1~3个OFDM符号组成,CORESET占用的时频资源大小以及时频位置可根据高层参数半静态配置。7. Control-resource set (CORESET): CORESET is a set of physical resources, consisting of multiple physical resource blocks (Physical Resource Block, PRB) in the frequency domain and 1 to 3 OFDM symbols in the time domain , the time-frequency resource size and time-frequency position occupied by CORESET can be semi-statically configured according to the high-level parameters.
八、资源单元组(Resource-element group,REG):REG为占用时域一个OFDM符号,占用频域一个资源块的物理资源单位。其中,一个REG包括12个资源元素(resource element,RE)。如图1所示,在12个RE中,有3个RE用于映射PDCCH解调参考信号,其他9个RE用于映射DCI的RE。其中,用于映射PDCCH解调参考信号的RE均匀分布在REG内,且位于REG内编号为1、5、9的子载波。8. Resource-element group (Resource-element group, REG): REG is a physical resource unit that occupies one OFDM symbol in the time domain and one resource block in the frequency domain. Wherein, one REG includes 12 resource elements (resource element, RE). As shown in FIG. 1 , among the 12 REs, 3 REs are used to map PDCCH demodulation reference signals, and the other 9 REs are used to map DCI REs. Wherein, the REs used for mapping the PDCCH demodulation reference signal are evenly distributed in the REG, and are located in subcarriers numbered 1, 5, and 9 in the REG.
九、控制信道单元(Control-channel element,CCE):CCE是构成PDCCH的基本单位。一个CCE对应6个REG。在CORESET中的每个CCE都会有一个对应的索引号,每个CCE索引号会与其映射的6个REG的索引号会有一个对应关系。例如,如图2所示,CORESET中包含24个REG,其中索引号0~5的REG对应CCE1,索引号6~11的REG对应CCE2,索引号12~17的REG对应CCE3,索引号18~23的REG对应CCE4,除上述所描述的以外,REG的索引号和CCE的索引号之间还可以有其他对应方式,本申请实施例对此不作限定。Nine, control channel element (Control-channel element, CCE): CCE is the basic unit that constitutes the PDCCH. One CCE corresponds to 6 REGs. Each CCE in the CORESET will have a corresponding index number, and each CCE index number will have a corresponding relationship with the index numbers of the 6 REGs to which it is mapped. For example, as shown in Figure 2, a CORESET contains 24 REGs, among which REGs with index numbers 0-5 correspond to CCE1, REGs with index numbers 6-11 correspond to CCE2, REGs with index numbers 12-17 correspond to CCE3, and REGs with index numbers 18-17 correspond to CCE3. The REG of 23 corresponds to CCE4. In addition to the above description, there may be other correspondence between the index number of the REG and the index number of the CCE, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
十、聚合等级(Aggregation level,AL):AL指构成PDCCH的CCE数量,即一个PDCCH由K个CCE构成,则该PDCCH的聚合等级为K。本申请中所描述的高聚合等级PDCCH,指的是该PDCCH的聚合等级K较大,本申请中描述的低聚合等级PDCCH,指的是该PDCCH的聚合等级K较小。例如,若第一PDCCH的聚合等级为K,第二PDCCH的聚合等级为M,其中,K大于M,可以描述第一PDCCH为高聚合等级PDCCH,第二PDCCH为低聚合等级PDCCH,第 一PDCCH的聚合等级高于第二PDCCH的聚合等级。NR系统中,PDCCH支持的聚合等级为1,2,4,8或16。10. Aggregation level (Aggregation level, AL): AL refers to the number of CCEs that make up the PDCCH, that is, a PDCCH is composed of K CCEs, and the aggregation level of the PDCCH is K. The high aggregation level PDCCH described in this application means that the aggregation level K of the PDCCH is relatively large, and the low aggregation level PDCCH described in this application means that the aggregation level K of the PDCCH is relatively small. For example, if the aggregation level of the first PDCCH is K, and the aggregation level of the second PDCCH is M, where K is greater than M, it can be described that the first PDCCH is a PDCCH with a high aggregation level, the second PDCCH is a PDCCH with a low aggregation level, and the first PDCCH The aggregation level of is higher than the aggregation level of the second PDCCH. In the NR system, the aggregation level supported by the PDCCH is 1, 2, 4, 8 or 16.
十一、候选PDCCH(PDCCH candidate):候选PDCCH指待盲检的PDCCH。由于基站实际发送的PDCCH的聚合等级随时间可变,而且由于没有相关信令告知终端设备当前传输的PDCCH的聚合等级以及当前传输的信息类型,终端设备需要以不同聚合等级的方式盲检PDCCH,例如,终端设备以当前CCE0是聚合等级为1的候选PDCCH进行检测,若检测成功,则确定当前CCE0为聚合等级为1的候选PDDCH,若检测失败,则以当前CCE0和CCE1为聚合等级为2的候选PDCCH进行检测,若检测成功,则确定当前CCE0和CCE1为聚合等级为2的候选PDDCH,若检测失败,则继续采用这样的方式进行检测。其中,该检测方式仅为本申请的一个示例,终端设备还可以采用其他方式进行检测,本申请对此不作限定。终端设备对候选PDCCH的校验方式为循环冗余校验(Cyclic Redundancy Check),如果校验通过,则认为所译码的PDCCH的内容对终端设备有效,并处理译码后相关信息。11. Candidate PDCCH (PDCCH candidate): The candidate PDCCH refers to the PDCCH to be blindly detected. Since the aggregation level of the PDCCH actually sent by the base station changes with time, and since there is no relevant signaling to inform the terminal device of the aggregation level of the currently transmitted PDCCH and the type of information currently transmitted, the terminal device needs to blindly detect the PDCCH with different aggregation levels. For example, the terminal device detects that the current CCE0 is a candidate PDCCH with an aggregation level of 1. If the detection is successful, it determines that the current CCE0 is a candidate PDDCH with an aggregation level of 1. If the detection fails, it uses the current CCE0 and CCE1 as the candidate PDDCH with an aggregation level of 2. If the detection is successful, the current CCE0 and CCE1 are determined to be candidate PDDCHs with an aggregation level of 2; if the detection fails, the detection is continued in this way. Wherein, the detection manner is only an example of the present application, and the terminal device may also perform detection in other manners, which is not limited in the present application. The verification method of the terminal device on the candidate PDCCH is cyclic redundancy check (Cyclic Redundancy Check). If the verification is passed, the content of the decoded PDCCH is considered valid for the terminal device, and the decoded related information is processed.
十二、搜索空间(Search space):搜索空间指某个聚合等级下候选PDCCH的集合。例如,如图3所示,该CORESET中包含了多个聚合等级的候选PDCCH,CCE0为聚合等级为1的候选PDCCH,CCE2和CCE3组成聚合等级为2的候选PDCCH,CCE4~CCE7组成聚合等级为4的候选PDDCH,CCE8~CCE15组成聚合等级为8的候选PDDCH,其中,第一搜索空间为聚合等级为1的候选PDCCH的集合,第二搜索空间为聚合等级为2的候选PDCCH的集合,第三搜索空间为聚合等级为4的候选PDCCH的集合,第四搜索空间为聚合等级为8的候选PDCCH的集合。12. Search space (Search space): The search space refers to the set of candidate PDCCHs under a certain aggregation level. For example, as shown in Figure 3, the CORESET contains multiple candidate PDCCHs of aggregation levels, CCE0 is a candidate PDCCH of aggregation level 1, CCE2 and CCE3 form a candidate PDCCH of aggregation level 2, and CCE4 to CCE7 form a candidate PDCCH of aggregation level 2. 4 candidate PDDCHs, CCE8-CCE15 form candidate PDDCHs with an aggregation level of 8, where the first search space is the set of candidate PDCCHs with an aggregation level of 1, and the second search space is the set of candidate PDCCHs with an aggregation level of 2. The third search space is a set of candidate PDCCHs whose aggregation level is 4, and the fourth search space is a set of candidate PDCCHs whose aggregation level is 8.
十三、搜索空间集合:搜索空间集合指包含了多个搜索空间的集合。在NR系统中,网络设备可以为终端设备配置一个或者多个搜索空间集合,终端设备可以在搜索空间集合中接收并解析候选PDCCH中承载的DCI。搜索空间集合有两种类型,一种为公共搜索空间集合(Common Search Space Set,CSS set),另一种用户终端专用搜索空间集合(UE-specific Search Space Set,USS set)。公共搜索空间集合的PDCCH主要用于指示接收系统消息,随机接入响应,以及寻呼消息等,UE专用搜索空间集合的PDCCH用于指示网络设备调度的上/下行数据。搜索空间集合的配置信息如表1所示:Thirteen. Search space set: A search space set refers to a set that includes multiple search spaces. In the NR system, the network device can configure one or more search space sets for the terminal device, and the terminal device can receive and parse the DCI carried in the candidate PDCCH in the search space set. There are two types of search space sets, one is the common search space set (Common Search Space Set, CSS set), and the other is the user terminal-specific search space set (UE-specific Search Space Set, USS set). The PDCCH of the common search space set is mainly used to indicate the reception of system messages, random access responses, and paging messages, etc., and the PDCCH of the UE-specific search space set is used to indicate the uplink/downlink data scheduled by the network equipment. The configuration information of the search space set is shown in Table 1:
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2022100588-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2022100588-appb-000003
示例性的,如图4所示,图4为本申请实施例提供的一个搜索空间集合示意图,该搜索空间集合的检测周期为5个slot,时隙偏移为1个slot,时隙数量为1个slot,控制资源集合索引对应一个占用3个OFDM符号的CORESET,符号位置为Slot 1内的OFDM符号0和OFDM符号5。即终端设备每10个slot为一个检测周期,在该检测周期中的Slot 1内的OFDM符号0~OFDM符号2和OFDM符号5~OFDM符号7所对应的CORESET上检测候选PDCCH。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 4, FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a search space set provided in the embodiment of the present application. The detection period of the search space set is 5 slots, the time slot offset is 1 slot, and the number of time slots is 1 slot, the control resource set index corresponds to a CORESET occupying 3 OFDM symbols, and the symbol positions are OFDM symbol 0 and OFDM symbol 5 in Slot 1. That is, every 10 slots of the terminal device is a detection cycle, and the candidate PDCCH is detected on the CORESET corresponding to OFDM symbol 0-OFDM symbol 2 and OFDM symbol 5-OFDM symbol 7 in Slot 1 in the detection cycle.
下面对本申请实施例的系统架构进行介绍:The system architecture of the embodiment of the present application is introduced below:
为便于理解本申请实施例的技术方案,下面将对本申请实施例提供的方法的系统架构进行简要说明。可理解的,本申请实施例描述的系统架构是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案,并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定。In order to facilitate understanding of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, the system architecture of the method provided by the embodiments of the present application will be briefly described below. It can be understood that the system architecture described in the embodiments of the present application is for more clearly illustrating the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, and does not constitute a limitation on the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:卫星通信系统、传统的移动通信系统。其中,所述卫星通信系统可以与传统的移动通信系统(即地面通信系统)相融合。通信系统例如:无线局域网(wireless local area network,WLAN)通信系统,无线保真(wireless fidelity,WiFi)系统,长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)、第五代(5th generation,5G)系统或新无线(new radio,NR),第六代(6th generation,6G)系统,以及其他未来的通信系统等,还支持多种无线技术融合的通信系统,例如,还可以应用于无人机、卫星通信系统、高空平台(high altitude platform station,HAPS)通信等非地面网络(non-terrestrial network,NTN)融合地面移动通信网络的系统。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as satellite communication systems and traditional mobile communication systems. Wherein, the satellite communication system may be integrated with a traditional mobile communication system (ie, a ground communication system). Communication systems such as: wireless local area network (wireless local area network, WLAN) communication system, wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, WiFi) system, long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (frequency division duplex, FDD) ) system, LTE time division duplex (time division duplex, TDD), fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) system or new radio (new radio, NR), sixth generation (6th generation, 6G) system, and other future Communication systems, etc., also support communication systems that integrate multiple wireless technologies. For example, they can also be applied to non-terrestrial networks such as unmanned aerial vehicles, satellite communication systems, and high altitude platform station (HAPS) communications. NTN) is a system that integrates terrestrial mobile communication networks.
图5为适用于本申请实施例的通信系统的示例。通信系统包括至少一个网络设备以及至少一个终端设备。参见图5,包括网络设备和6个终端设备。这6个终端设备可以是蜂窝电话、智能电话、便携式电脑、手持通信设备、手持计算设备、卫星无线电装置、全球定位系统、PDA和/或用于在无线通信系统上通信的任意其它适合设备,且均可以与网络设备连接。这六个终端设备均能够与网络设备通信。当然图5中的终端设备的数量只是举例,还可以更少或更多。FIG. 5 is an example of a communication system applicable to the embodiment of the present application. The communication system includes at least one network device and at least one terminal device. Referring to Figure 5, it includes network equipment and 6 terminal equipment. The 6 terminal devices may be cellular phones, smart phones, portable computers, handheld communication devices, handheld computing devices, satellite radios, global positioning systems, PDAs and/or any other suitable devices for communicating over a wireless communication system, And can be connected with network equipment. These six terminal devices are all capable of communicating with network devices. Of course, the number of terminal devices in FIG. 5 is just an example, and may be less or more.
本申请中的网络设备可以是LTE中的演进型基站(evolved Node B,eNB或eNodeB);或者5G网络中的基站,宽带网络业务网关(broadband network gateway,BNG),汇聚交换机或非第三代合作伙伴项目(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)接入设备等,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。示例性的,本申请实施例中的基站可以包括各种形式的基站,例如:宏基站、微基站(也称为小站)、中继站、接入点、下一代基站(gNodeB,gNB)、传输接入点(transmitting and receiving point,TRP)、发射点(transmitting point,TP)、移动交换中心以及设备到设备(Device-to-Device,D2D)、车辆外联(vehicle-to-everything,V2X)、机器到机器(machine-to-machine,M2M)通信、物联网(Internet of Things)通信中承担基站功能的设备等,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。The network equipment in this application can be an evolved base station (evolved Node B, eNB or eNodeB) in LTE; or a base station in a 5G network, a broadband network gateway (broadband network gateway, BNG), an aggregation switch or a non-third-generation The partner project (3rd generation partnership project, 3GPP) access device and the like are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application. Exemplarily, the base stations in this embodiment of the present application may include various forms of base stations, such as: macro base stations, micro base stations (also called small stations), relay stations, access points, next-generation base stations (gNodeB, gNB), transmission Access point (transmitting and receiving point, TRP), transmitting point (transmitting point, TP), mobile switching center and device-to-device (Device-to-Device, D2D), vehicle outreach (vehicle-to-everything, V2X) , machine-to-machine (machine-to-machine, M2M) communication, Internet of Things (Internet of Things) communication, devices that undertake base station functions, etc., are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
网络设备可以和核心网设备进行通信交互,向终端设备提供通信服务。核心网设备例如为5G网络核心网(core network,CN)中的设备。核心网作为承载网络提供到数据网络的接口,为用户设备(user equipment,UE)提供通信连接、认证、管理、策略控制以及对数据业务完成承载等。网络设备通过无线或有线方式与核心网设备连接。核心网设备与网络设备可以是独立的不同的物理设备;或者核心网设备的功能与网络设备的逻辑功能集成在同一个物理设备上;又或者部分核心网设备的功能和部分的网络设备的功能集成在同一个物理设备上。Network devices can communicate and interact with core network devices to provide communication services to terminal devices. The core network device is, for example, a device in a 5G network core network (core network, CN). As a bearer network, the core network provides an interface to the data network, and provides communication connection, authentication, management, policy control, and bearer for data services for user equipment (UE). Network devices are connected to core network devices through wireless or wired methods. Core network equipment and network equipment can be independent and different physical equipment; or the functions of the core network equipment and the logical functions of the network equipment are integrated on the same physical equipment; or the functions of part of the core network equipment and the functions of some network equipment integrated on the same physical device.
本申请实施例中提及的终端设备,可以是一种具有无线收发功能的设备,具体可以指用 户设备(user equipment,UE)、接入终端、用户单元(subscriber unit)、用户站、移动台(mobile station)、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。终端设备还可以是卫星电话、蜂窝电话、智能手机、无线数据卡、无线调制解调器、机器类型通信设备、可以是无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字处理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、高空飞机上搭载的通信设备、可穿戴设备、无人机、机器人、设备到设备通信(device-to-device,D2D)中的终端、车到一切(vehicle to everything,V2X)中的终端、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端或者未来通信网络中的终端设备等,本申请不作限制。The terminal equipment mentioned in the embodiment of the present application may be a device with a wireless transceiver function, and specifically may refer to user equipment (user equipment, UE), access terminal, subscriber unit (subscriber unit), subscriber station, mobile station (mobile station), remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, wireless communication device, user agent, or user device. The terminal device may also be a satellite phone, a cellular phone, a smartphone, a wireless data card, a wireless modem, a machine type communication device, may be a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (wireless local loop) loop, WLL) station, personal digital assistant (PDA), handheld device with wireless communication function, computing device or other processing device connected to a wireless modem, vehicle-mounted device, communication device carried on high-altitude aircraft, wearable Devices, drones, robots, devices in device-to-device (D2D), terminals in vehicle to everything (V2X), virtual reality (VR) terminals, Augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) terminal equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self driving, wireless terminals in remote medical, smart grid ), wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart city, wireless terminals in smart home or terminal equipment in future communication networks, etc., this application No limit.
另外,本申请实施例中,终端设备可以是指用于实现终端的功能的装置,也可以是能够支持终端设备实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统,该装置可以被安装在终端设备中。例如终端设备也可以是车辆探测器、加油站中的传感器。In addition, in this embodiment of the present application, a terminal device may refer to a device for implementing a terminal function, or may be a device capable of supporting a terminal device to implement the function, such as a chip system, and the device may be installed in the terminal device. For example, the terminal device can also be a vehicle detector, a sensor in a gas station.
图5A示出了本申请提供的通信系统中的一种通信网络架构,后续提供的实施例均可适用于该架构。第一网络设备是终端设备(后续以UE为例进行说明)的源网络设备(或称为,工作网络设备,或服务网络设备),第二网络设备为UE的目标网络设备(或称为,备用网络设备),即切换后为UE提供服务的网络设备。“切换”,是指为UE提供服务的网络设备发生切换,并不限于“小区切换”。为方便描述,以网络设备为基站为例进行描述。所述“切换”可以指,由于为UE提供服务的基站发生变化而造成的切换。例如,当UE的源基站发生故障时,由备用基站为UE提供服务。又例如,UE从源基站切换到与另一个基站通信的过程中,由切换后的目标基站为UE提供服务。UE切换前与切换后的接入的小区可以变化,也可以不变。可以理解的是,所述备用网络设备是相对的概念,例如,相对于一个UE,基站2是基站1的备用网络设备,而相对于另一个UE,基站1是基站2的备用网络设备。FIG. 5A shows a communication network architecture in the communication system provided by the present application, and the embodiments provided later can all be applicable to this architecture. The first network device is a source network device (or called, a working network device, or a serving network device) of a terminal device (subsequently described with UE as an example), and the second network device is a target network device (or called, Standby network device), that is, a network device that provides services for the UE after handover. "Handover" refers to the handover of network equipment providing services for the UE, and is not limited to "cell handover". For convenience of description, a network device is used as an example for description. The "handover" may refer to a handover caused by a change in the base station serving the UE. For example, when the source base station of the UE fails, the standby base station provides services for the UE. For another example, during the handover process of the UE from the source base station to communicating with another base station, the handover target base station provides services for the UE. The cell accessed by the UE before and after the handover may be changed or not changed. It can be understood that the backup network device is a relative concept, for example, with respect to one UE, base station 2 is the backup network device of base station 1, and with respect to another UE, base station 1 is the backup network device of base station 2.
所述第一网络设备和所述第二网络设备可以是两个不同的设备,例如,第一网络设备和第二网络设备是两个不同的基站。示例性的,所述第一网络设备和第二网络设备也可以是同一个设备中的两套功能模块。所述功能模块可以是硬件模块,或软件模块,或者硬件模块与软件模块。例如,所述第一网络设备和所述第二网络设备位于同一个基站中,是该基站中的两个不同的功能模块。一种实现方式中,所述第一网络设备和所述第二网络设备对于UE来说不是透明的。UE在与相应的网络设备交互时,能够知道究竟是在与哪个网络设备交互。另一种实现方式中,所述第一网络设备和所述第二网络设备对于UE来说是透明的。UE能够与网络设备通信,但并不知道是在与这两个网络设备中的哪个网络设备交互。或者说,对于UE来说,可能认为只有一个网络设备。在后续描述中,网络设备可以是第一网络设备,也可以是第二网络设备。The first network device and the second network device may be two different devices, for example, the first network device and the second network device are two different base stations. Exemplarily, the first network device and the second network device may also be two sets of functional modules in the same device. The functional modules may be hardware modules, or software modules, or hardware modules and software modules. For example, the first network device and the second network device are located in the same base station, and are two different functional modules in the base station. In an implementation manner, the first network device and the second network device are not transparent to the UE. When the UE interacts with the corresponding network device, it can know which network device it is interacting with. In another implementation manner, the first network device and the second network device are transparent to the UE. The UE is able to communicate with network devices, but does not know which of the two network devices it is interacting with. In other words, for the UE, it may be considered that there is only one network device. In the subsequent description, the network device may be the first network device or the second network device.
图5B示出了本申请提供的通信系统10中的另一种通信网络架构。如图5B所示,通信系统包括核心网(new core,CN)和无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)。其中RAN中的网络设备(例如,基站)包括基带装置和射频装置。基带装置可以由一个或多个节点实现,射频装置可以从基带装置拉远独立实现,也可以集成基带装置中,或者部分拉远部分集成在基带装置中。RAN中的网络设备可以包括集中单元(CU)和分布单元(DU),多个DU可 以由一个CU集中控制。CU和DU可以根据其具备的无线网络的协议层功能进行划分,例如PDCP层及以上协议层的功能设置在CU,PDCP以下的协议层,例如RLC层和MAC层等的功能设置在DU。需要说明的是,这种协议层的划分仅仅是一种举例,还可以在其它协议层划分。射频装置可以拉远,不放在DU中,也可以集成在DU中,或者部分拉远部分集成在DU中,本申请不作任何限制。FIG. 5B shows another communication network architecture in the communication system 10 provided by the present application. As shown in FIG. 5B, the communication system includes a core network (new core, CN) and a radio access network (radio access network, RAN). The network equipment (for example, base station) in the RAN includes a baseband device and a radio frequency device. The baseband device can be implemented by one or more nodes, and the radio frequency device can be remote from the baseband device and implemented independently, or can be integrated into the baseband device, or partly remote and partly integrated into the baseband device. Network devices in the RAN may include a Centralized Unit (CU) and a Distributed Unit (DU), and multiple DUs may be centrally controlled by one CU. CU and DU can be divided according to their wireless network protocol layer functions. For example, the functions of the PDCP layer and above protocol layers are set in the CU, and the protocol layers below PDCP, such as the functions of the RLC layer and MAC layer, are set in the DU. It should be noted that the division of such protocol layers is only an example, and may also be divided in other protocol layers. The radio frequency device can be remote, not placed in the DU, or integrated in the DU, or partially remote and partially integrated in the DU, which is not limited in this application.
图5C示出了本申请提供的通信系统10中的另一种通信网络架构。相对于图5B所示的架构,还可以将CU的控制面(CP)和用户面(UP)分离,分成不同实体来实现,分别为控制面CU实体(CU-CP实体)和用户面CU实体(CU-UP实体)。在该网络架构中,CU产生的信令可以通过DU发送给UE,或者UE产生的信令可以通过DU发送给CU。DU可以不对该信令进行解析而直接通过协议层封装而透传给UE或CU。在该网络架构中,将CU划分为作为RAN侧的网络设备,此外,也可以将CU划分作为CN侧的网络设备,本申请对此不做限制。FIG. 5C shows another communication network architecture in the communication system 10 provided by the present application. Compared with the architecture shown in Figure 5B, the control plane (CP) and user plane (UP) of the CU can also be separated into different entities for implementation, namely the control plane CU entity (CU-CP entity) and the user plane CU entity (CU-UP entity). In this network architecture, the signaling generated by the CU can be sent to the UE through the DU, or the signaling generated by the UE can be sent to the CU through the DU. The DU can directly transmit the signaling to the UE or CU through protocol layer encapsulation without parsing the signaling. In this network architecture, a CU is classified as a network device on the RAN side. In addition, a CU may also be classified as a network device on the CN side, which is not limited in this application.
本申请实施例中,用于实现网络设备的功能的装置可以是网络设备,也可以是能够支持网络设备实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统或可实现网络设备功能的组合器件、部件,该装置可以被安装在网络设备中。在本申请实施例提供的技术方案中,以用于实现网络设备的功能的装置是网络设备为例,描述本申请实施例提供的技术方案。In the embodiment of the present application, the device used to realize the function of the network device may be a network device, or a device capable of supporting the network device to realize the function, such as a chip system or a combined device or component that can realize the function of the network device. Can be installed in network equipment. In the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present application, the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the network device as an example for realizing the function of the network device.
下面对本申请提供的数据传输方法及通信装置进行详细介绍:The data transmission method and communication device provided by this application are introduced in detail below:
请参见图6,图6是本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输方法的流程示意图。如图6所示,该数据传输方法包括如下步骤601~步骤603。图6所示的方法执行主体可以为网络设备和终端设备。或者,图6所示的方法执行主体可以为网络设备中的芯片和终端设备中的芯片。图6以网络设备和终端设备为例进行说明。后续流程图的执行主体同理,后续不再赘述。其中:Please refer to FIG. 6. FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 6 , the data transmission method includes the following steps 601 to 603 . The execution bodies of the method shown in FIG. 6 may be network devices and terminal devices. Alternatively, the execution subject of the method shown in FIG. 6 may be a chip in the network device and a chip in the terminal device. FIG. 6 uses a network device and a terminal device as examples for illustration. The execution subject of the subsequent flow chart is the same, and will not be repeated in the future. in:
601、网络设备确定第一候选控制信道。601. The network device determines a first candidate control channel.
本申请实例中,第一候选控制信道由N个第二候选控制信道组成,第一候选控制信道的聚合等级为K,第二候选控制信道的聚合等级为M,N大于1,M小于K。In the example of this application, the first candidate control channel is composed of N second candidate control channels, the aggregation level of the first candidate control channel is K, the aggregation level of the second candidate control channel is M, N is greater than 1, and M is less than K.
其中,聚合等级为K的候选控制信道在频域上所占用的带宽可以根据公式
Figure PCTCN2022100588-appb-000004
进行计算。K表示该候选控制信道的聚合等级,N 1表示该候选控制信道中1个CCE所对应的REG数量,在NR系统中,1个CCE对应6个REG,N 2表示1个REG中所包含RE的数量。在NR系统中,1个REG中包含12个RE,S表示当前子载波间隔,n表示承载该候选控制信道的CORESET所占用的OFDM符号数量。例如,假设子载波间隔为30kHz,CORESET在时域上占用3个OFDM符号时,根据上述公式计算,聚合等级为8和16的候选PDCCH在频域上占用的带宽分别为5.76MHz和11.52MHz。因此,K越大,则说明该候选控制信道的所占用的带宽也就越大。由于终端设备接收到的第一候选控制信道是由N个第二候选控制信道组成的,而第二候选控制信道的聚合等级为M,M小于K。因此,基于该方法,能够使带宽能力较低的终端设备接收到高聚合等级的候选控制信道。
Among them, the bandwidth occupied by the candidate control channel with the aggregation level K in the frequency domain can be calculated according to the formula
Figure PCTCN2022100588-appb-000004
Calculation. K represents the aggregation level of the candidate control channel, N 1 represents the number of REGs corresponding to 1 CCE in the candidate control channel, in the NR system, 1 CCE corresponds to 6 REGs, and N 2 represents the REs contained in 1 REG quantity. In the NR system, 1 REG contains 12 REs, S represents the current subcarrier spacing, and n represents the number of OFDM symbols occupied by the CORESET carrying the candidate control channel. For example, assuming that the subcarrier spacing is 30kHz and CORESET occupies 3 OFDM symbols in the time domain, calculated according to the above formula, the bandwidths occupied by candidate PDCCHs with aggregation levels 8 and 16 in the frequency domain are 5.76MHz and 11.52MHz respectively. Therefore, the larger K is, the larger the bandwidth occupied by the candidate control channel is. Since the first candidate control channel received by the terminal device is composed of N second candidate control channels, and the aggregation level of the second candidate control channel is M, M is smaller than K. Therefore, based on this method, terminal devices with low bandwidth capabilities can receive candidate control channels with a high aggregation level.
其中,第一候选控制信道和第二候选控制信道均可以为候选PDCCH(PDCCH candidate)。Wherein, both the first candidate control channel and the second candidate control channel may be PDCCH candidates (PDCCH candidates).
在一种可能的实现方式中,K大于第一阈值。第一阈值可以为预设值,或者,第一阈值由网络设备配置,或者第一阈值和终端设备的带宽能力关联。通过设置第一阈值可以避免在带宽能力较低的终端设备能够接收聚合等级小于或者等于第一阈值的第一候选控制信道时,依然将聚合等级小于或等于第一阈值的第一候选控制信道拆分为多个第二候选控制信道,从而使得DCI传输时延增大。例如,假设当前终端设备支持的信道带宽为5MHz,当子载波间 隔为15kHz,CORESET在时域上占用3个OFDM符号时,根据计算终端设备能够接收到聚合等级小于13的候选控制信道,即在NR系统中,终端设备可以接收到聚合等级为1、2、4和8的候选控制信道。因此,在该情况下,聚合等级为2、4和8的第一候选控制信道无需由多个第二候选控制信道组成,网络设备可以直接发送。因此,基于该方法,网络实现更加灵活,网络设备可以尽快完成DCI的发送,终端设备可以尽快接收DCI,降低DCI传输时延。In a possible implementation manner, K is greater than the first threshold. The first threshold may be a preset value, or the first threshold is configured by the network device, or the first threshold is associated with the bandwidth capability of the terminal device. By setting the first threshold, it can be avoided that the first candidate control channel whose aggregation level is less than or equal to the first threshold is still split when the terminal device with low bandwidth capability can receive the first candidate control channel whose aggregation level is less than or equal to the first threshold. Divided into multiple second candidate control channels, so that the DCI transmission delay increases. For example, assuming that the channel bandwidth supported by the current terminal equipment is 5MHz, when the subcarrier spacing is 15kHz, and CORESET occupies 3 OFDM symbols in the time domain, according to the calculation, the terminal equipment can receive candidate control channels whose aggregation level is less than 13, that is, in In the NR system, a terminal device can receive candidate control channels with aggregation levels 1, 2, 4 and 8. Therefore, in this case, the first candidate control channels with aggregation levels of 2, 4 and 8 do not need to be composed of multiple second candidate control channels, and the network device can directly send them. Therefore, based on this method, the network implementation is more flexible, the network device can finish sending the DCI as soon as possible, the terminal device can receive the DCI as soon as possible, and the DCI transmission delay is reduced.
可选的,第一阈值可以为预先设定的数值,或者由网络设备配置,本申请实施例对于如何配置第一阈值的大小不作限定。Optionally, the first threshold may be a preset value, or configured by a network device. This embodiment of the present application does not limit how to configure the first threshold.
在一种可能的实现方式中,N、M和K满足:
Figure PCTCN2022100588-appb-000005
Figure PCTCN2022100588-appb-000006
其中,
Figure PCTCN2022100588-appb-000007
表示向上取整运算符,
Figure PCTCN2022100588-appb-000008
表示向下取整运算符。由于聚合等级为K的第一候选控制信道使由N个聚合等级为M的第二候选控制信道组成,因此,基于该方法,能够使带宽能力较低的终端设备接收到高聚合等级的候选控制信道。
In a possible implementation, N, M and K satisfy:
Figure PCTCN2022100588-appb-000005
or
Figure PCTCN2022100588-appb-000006
in,
Figure PCTCN2022100588-appb-000007
represents the round-up operator,
Figure PCTCN2022100588-appb-000008
Represents the floor operator. Since the first candidate control channel with an aggregation level of K is composed of N second candidate control channels with an aggregation level of M, based on this method, terminal devices with low bandwidth capabilities can receive candidate control channels with a high aggregation level. channel.
可选的,N也可以为预先设定的数值,或者由网络设备配置,本申请实施例对于如何配置N的大小不作限定。Optionally, N may also be a preset value, or be configured by a network device, and how to configure the size of N is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
在一种可能的实现方式中,N个第二候选控制信道属于同一个搜索空间集合。其中,N个第二候选控制信道位于同一个时隙内,或者,N个第二候选控制信道位于不同时隙内。基于该方法,N个第二候选控制信道可采用相同的搜索空间集合配置参数,可以降低搜索空间集合配置信令开销。In a possible implementation manner, the N second candidate control channels belong to the same search space set. Wherein, the N second candidate control channels are located in the same time slot, or the N second candidate control channels are located in different time slots. Based on this method, the N second candidate control channels can use the same search space set configuration parameters, which can reduce the signaling overhead of the search space set configuration.
若N个第二候选控制信道位于同一个时隙内,N个第二候选控制信道可以在同一个时隙内占用不连续的OFDM符号。例如,如图7所示,该搜索空间集合的检测周期为5个slot,时隙偏置为1个slot,时隙数量为1个slot,该搜索空间集合关联的CORESET的起始符号位置为0和5,CORESET占用了3个OFDM符号。其中,在Slot 1内的OFDM符号0~2所对应的CORESET中包含CCE0~CCE3,OFDM符号5~7所对应的CORESET中包含CCE4~CCE7,CCE0~CCE3组合为一个聚合等级为4的第二候选控制信道。CCE4~CCE7组合为一个聚合等级为4的第二候选控制信道,聚合等级为8的第一候选控制信道由这两个聚合等级为4的第二候选控制信道组成。基于该方法,N个第二候选控制信道在同一个时隙内占用连续的正交频分复用OFDM符号,可以降低DCI传输时延,If the N second candidate control channels are located in the same time slot, the N second candidate control channels may occupy discontinuous OFDM symbols in the same time slot. For example, as shown in Figure 7, the detection period of the search space set is 5 slots, the time slot offset is 1 slot, and the number of time slots is 1 slot, and the starting symbol position of the CORESET associated with the search space set is 0 and 5, CORESET occupies 3 OFDM symbols. Among them, the CORESET corresponding to OFDM symbols 0 to 2 in Slot 1 contains CCE0 to CCE3, the CORESET corresponding to OFDM symbols 5 to 7 contains CCE4 to CCE7, and CCE0 to CCE3 are combined into a second aggregation level of 4. candidate control channel. CCE4-CCE7 are combined into a second candidate control channel with aggregation level 4, and the first candidate control channel with aggregation level 8 is composed of these two second candidate control channels with aggregation level 4. Based on this method, N second candidate control channels occupy continuous OFDM symbols in the same time slot, which can reduce the DCI transmission delay,
若N个第二候选控制信道位于同一个时隙内,N个第二候选控制信道也可以在同一个时隙内占用连续的OFDM符号。例如,如图8所示,该搜索空间集合的检测周期为5个slot,时隙偏置为1个slot,时隙数量为1个slot,该搜索空间集合关联的CORESET的起始符号位置为0和3,该CORESET占用了3个OFDM符号。OFDM符号0~2所对应的CORESET中包含CCE0~CCE3,OFDM符号3~5所对应的CORESET中包含CCE4~CCE7。CCE0~CCE3组合为一个聚合等级为4的第二候选控制信道,CCE4~CCE7组合为一个聚合等级为4的第二候选控制信道,聚合等级为8的第一候选控制信道由这两个聚合等级为4的第二候选控制信道组成。基于该方法,N个第二候选控制信道在同一个时隙内占用不连续的OFDM符号,可以避免下行信道长期被带宽能力较低的终端设备占用,网络设备可以将同一个时隙内没有被N个第二候选控制信道占用的OFDM符号分配给其它终端设备使用。If the N second candidate control channels are located in the same time slot, the N second candidate control channels may also occupy consecutive OFDM symbols in the same time slot. For example, as shown in Figure 8, the detection period of the search space set is 5 slots, the time slot offset is 1 slot, and the number of time slots is 1 slot, and the starting symbol position of the CORESET associated with the search space set is 0 and 3, the CORESET occupies 3 OFDM symbols. The CORESET corresponding to OFDM symbols 0-2 includes CCE0-CCE3, and the CORESET corresponding to OFDM symbols 3-5 includes CCE4-CCE7. CCE0~CCE3 are combined into a second candidate control channel with aggregation level 4, CCE4~CCE7 are combined into a second candidate control channel with aggregation level 4, and the first candidate control channel with aggregation level 8 is composed of these two aggregation levels is composed of 4 second candidate control channels. Based on this method, the N second candidate control channels occupy discontinuous OFDM symbols in the same time slot, which can prevent the downlink channel from being occupied by terminal equipment with low bandwidth capability for a long time, and the network equipment can use the non-consecutive OFDM symbols in the same time slot. The OFDM symbols occupied by the N second candidate control channels are allocated to other terminal devices for use.
若该N个第二候选控制信道位于不同时隙内,其中,该N个第二候选控制信道位于连续的时隙内。例如,如图9所示,该搜索空间集合的检测周期为5个slot,时隙偏置为1个slot,时隙数量为2个slot,该搜索空间集合关联的CORESET的起始符号位置为0,该CORESET占用了3个OFDM符号。在Slot 1中的OFDM符号0~2所对应的CORESET中包含CCE0~CCE3,在Slot 2中OFDM符号0~2所对应的CORESET中包含CCE4~CCE7。 CCE0~CCE3组合为一个聚合等级为4的第二候选控制信道,CCE4~CCE7组合为一个聚合等级为4的第二候选控制信道,聚合等级为8的第一候选控制信道由这两个聚合等级为4的第二候选控制信道组成。基于该方法,N个第二候选控制信道位于不同时隙内,可以避免下行信道长期被带宽能力较低的终端设备占用,网络设备可以将没有被N个第二候选控制信道占用的OFDM符号分配给其它终端设备使用。通过约束N个第二候选控制信道位于连续的时隙内,可以降低DCI传输时延。If the N second candidate control channels are located in different time slots, the N second candidate control channels are located in consecutive time slots. For example, as shown in Figure 9, the detection period of the search space set is 5 slots, the time slot offset is 1 slot, and the number of time slots is 2 slots, and the starting symbol position of the CORESET associated with the search space set is 0, the CORESET occupies 3 OFDM symbols. The CORESET corresponding to OFDM symbols 0 to 2 in Slot 1 includes CCE0 to CCE3, and the CORESET corresponding to OFDM symbols 0 to 2 in Slot 2 includes CCE4 to CCE7. CCE0~CCE3 are combined into a second candidate control channel with aggregation level 4, CCE4~CCE7 are combined into a second candidate control channel with aggregation level 4, and the first candidate control channel with aggregation level 8 is composed of these two aggregation levels is composed of 4 second candidate control channels. Based on this method, the N second candidate control channels are located in different time slots, which can prevent the downlink channel from being occupied by terminal equipment with low bandwidth capability for a long time, and the network device can allocate OFDM symbols that are not occupied by the N second candidate control channels. for other terminal equipment. DCI transmission delay can be reduced by constraining the N second candidate control channels to be located in consecutive time slots.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,该N个第二候选控制信道属于多个搜索空间集合。其中,该多个搜索空间集合的检测周期相同,时隙偏置不同。例如,如图10所示,第一搜索空间集合和第二搜索空间集合的检测周期均4个slot,时隙数量均为1个slot,且关联的CORESET的起始符号位置均为0,且关联的CORESET均占用了3个OFDM符号。但第一搜索空间的第一时隙偏置为1个slot,而第二搜索空间的第二时隙偏置为3个slot。第一搜索空间中的Slot 1中OFDM符号0~2所对应的CORESET中包含CCE0~CCE3,第二搜索空间中的Slot 3中OFDM符号0~2所对应的CORESET中包含CCE4~CCE7。CCE0~CCE3组合为一个聚合等级为4的第二候选控制信道,CCE4~CCE7组合为一个聚合等级为4的第二候选控制信道,聚合等级为8的第一候选控制信道由这两个聚合等级为4的第二候选控制信道组成。基于该方法,可以节省多个搜索空间集合的配置信令开销。In another possible implementation manner, the N second candidate control channels belong to multiple search space sets. Wherein, the detection periods of the multiple search space sets are the same, and the time slot offsets are different. For example, as shown in Figure 10, the detection periods of the first search space set and the second search space set are 4 slots, the number of time slots is 1 slot, and the start symbol positions of the associated CORESETs are both 0, and The associated CORESETs each occupy 3 OFDM symbols. However, the offset of the first slot in the first search space is 1 slot, and the offset of the second slot in the second search space is 3 slots. The CORESET corresponding to OFDM symbols 0-2 in Slot 1 in the first search space includes CCE0-CCE3, and the CORESET corresponding to OFDM symbols 0-2 in Slot 3 in the second search space includes CCE4-CCE7. CCE0~CCE3 are combined into a second candidate control channel with aggregation level 4, CCE4~CCE7 are combined into a second candidate control channel with aggregation level 4, and the first candidate control channel with aggregation level 8 is composed of these two aggregation levels is composed of 4 second candidate control channels. Based on this method, the configuration signaling overhead of multiple search space sets can be saved.
可选的,该多个搜索空间集合关联同一个CORESET索引,或者,该多个搜索空间集合关联不同的CORESET索引。CORESET索引包括0~11,其中,CORESET0为公共搜索空间。若多个搜索空间集合关联相同的CORESET索引,N个第二候选控制信道可采用相同的CORESET配置参数,可以降低CORESET配置信令开销;若多个搜索空间集合关联不同的CORESET索引,网络设备实现更加灵活。Optionally, the multiple search space sets are associated with the same CORESET index, or the multiple search space sets are associated with different CORESET indexes. The CORESET index includes 0 to 11, where CORESET0 is the public search space. If multiple search space sets are associated with the same CORESET index, the N second candidate control channels can use the same CORESET configuration parameters, which can reduce the CORESET configuration signaling overhead; if multiple search space sets are associated with different CORESET indexes, the network device implements more flexible.
可选的,该多个搜索空间集合对应同一种DCI格式(DCI format)。不同类型的DCI,例如调度上行/下行数据传输指示、功率控制命令、时隙格式指示以及资源抢占指示,通常对应了不同的DCI格式。因此,DCI根据指示信息的类型被分为不同的格式,每一种格式对应了一种DCI载荷大小(DCI payload size,即DCI所承载信源比特数量)或解析方式。基站在配置搜索空间集合时,会配置搜索空间集合的DCI的格式,例如,配置为Format 0_1/1_1。基于该方法,可以使得同一个DCI在多个搜索空间集合内传输。Optionally, the multiple search space sets correspond to the same DCI format (DCI format). Different types of DCI, such as scheduling uplink/downlink data transmission instructions, power control commands, time slot format instructions, and resource preemption instructions, usually correspond to different DCI formats. Therefore, DCI is divided into different formats according to the type of indication information, and each format corresponds to a DCI payload size (DCI payload size, that is, the number of source bits carried by DCI) or a resolution method. When configuring the search space set, the base station will configure the DCI format of the search space set, for example, Format 0_1/1_1. Based on this method, the same DCI can be transmitted in multiple sets of search spaces.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该N个第二候选控制信道对应的传输配置指示状态(Transmission Configuration Indication state,TCI state)相同或不同。TCI state用于指示解调参考信号(Demodulation Reference Signal,DMRS)天线端口与下行参考信号之间的近似定位关系参数,下行参考信号可以为信道状态信息参考信号(Channel State Information-Reference Signal,CSI-RS)或同步信号块(Synchronization Signal and PBCH block,SSB)等,近似定位关系为一种信道条件假设(quasi co-location,QCL)。终端设备可以根据TCI state,确定数据传输所采用的发送波束对应的接收波束信息,从而采用对应的接收波束接收网络设备下发的数据。基于该方法,N个第二候选控制信道对应的传输配置指示状态相同,该N个第二候选控制信道可以做联合信道估计,可以提升信道估计性能,进而提升DCI传输性能;N个第二候选控制信道对应的传输配置指示状态不同,可以获得分集增益,提升DCI传输性能。In a possible implementation manner, the transmission configuration indication states (Transmission Configuration Indication state, TCI state) corresponding to the N second candidate control channels are the same or different. TCI state is used to indicate the approximate positioning relationship parameters between the demodulation reference signal (Demodulation Reference Signal, DMRS) antenna port and the downlink reference signal. The downlink reference signal can be a channel state information reference signal (Channel State Information-Reference Signal, CSI- RS) or synchronization signal block (Synchronization Signal and PBCH block, SSB), etc., the approximate positioning relationship is a channel condition assumption (quasi co-location, QCL). The terminal device can determine the receiving beam information corresponding to the sending beam used for data transmission according to the TCI state, so as to use the corresponding receiving beam to receive the data delivered by the network device. Based on this method, the transmission configuration indication states corresponding to the N second candidate control channels are the same, and the N second candidate control channels can be used for joint channel estimation, which can improve the channel estimation performance and further improve the DCI transmission performance; the N second candidate control channels The transmission configuration indication state corresponding to the control channel is different, which can obtain diversity gain and improve DCI transmission performance.
在一种可能的实现方式中,N个第二候选控制信道占用的频域位置相同,时域位置不同。例如,如图7中,聚合等级为8的第一候选控制信道由两个聚合等级为4的第二候选控制信道组成,由于两个第二候选控制信道均在同一个搜索空间所对应的CORESET中传输,因此,两个第二候选控制信道占用的频域位置是相同的。但由于一个第二候选控制信道对应的 OFDM符号为0~2,另一个第二候选控制信道对应的OFDM符号为5~7,因此,两个第二候选控制信道占用的时域位置不同。基于该方法,有利于使带宽能力较低的终端设备能够接收高聚合等级的候选控制信道。In a possible implementation manner, the N second candidate control channels occupy the same frequency domain positions and different time domain positions. For example, as shown in Figure 7, the first candidate control channel with an aggregation level of 8 is composed of two second candidate control channels with an aggregation level of 4. Since the two second candidate control channels are all in the CORESET corresponding to the same search space Therefore, the frequency domain positions occupied by the two second candidate control channels are the same. However, since the OFDM symbols corresponding to one second candidate control channel are 0-2, and the OFDM symbols corresponding to the other second candidate control channel are 5-7, the time domain positions occupied by the two second candidate control channels are different. Based on this method, it is beneficial to enable terminal devices with low bandwidth capabilities to receive candidate control channels with a high aggregation level.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一候选控制信道在频域上占用的带宽和该第二候选控制信道在频域上占用的带宽相同。例如,当N个第二候选控制信道占用的频域位置相同时,该第一候选控制信道在频域上占用的带宽和该第二候选控制信道在频域上占用的带宽相同。基于该方法,有利于使带宽能力较低的终端设备能够接收高聚合等级的候选控制信道。In a possible implementation manner, the bandwidth occupied by the first candidate control channel in the frequency domain is the same as the bandwidth occupied by the second candidate control channel in the frequency domain. For example, when the frequency domain positions occupied by the N second candidate control channels are the same, the bandwidth occupied by the first candidate control channel in the frequency domain is the same as the bandwidth occupied by the second candidate control channel in the frequency domain. Based on this method, it is beneficial to enable terminal devices with low bandwidth capabilities to receive candidate control channels with a high aggregation level.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,该第一候选控制信道在频域上占用的带宽和该第二候选控制信道在频域上占用的带宽不相同。例如,如图11所示,搜索空间集合的检测周期为5个slot,时隙偏置为1个slot,时隙数量为2个slot,该搜索空间集合关联的CORESET的起始符号位置为0,该CORESET占用了3个OFDM符号。在Slot 1中的OFDM符号0~2所对应的CORESET中包含CCE0~CCE3,CCE0~CCE3组成了两个聚合等级为2的第二候选控制信道。其中,CCE0和CCE1组成了一个聚合等级为2的第二候选控制信道,CCE2和CCE3组成了另一个聚合等级为2的第二候选控制信道。在Slot 2中OFDM符号0~2所对应的CORESET中包含CCE4~CCE7,CCE4~CCE7组成了两个聚合等级为2的第二候选控制信道。其中,CCE4和CCE5组成了一个聚合等级为2的第二候选控制信道,CCE6和CCE7组成了另一个聚合等级为2的第二候选控制信道。因此聚合等级为8的第一候选控制信道由这4个聚合等级为2的第二候选控制信道组成。在该情况下,第一候选控制信道在频域上占用的带宽和两个第二候选控制信道在频域上占用的带宽相同,因此,该第一候选控制信道在频域上占用的带宽和该第二候选控制信道在频域上占用的带宽不相同。由于两个候选等级为2的候选控制信道所占用的带宽小于一个聚合等级为8的候选控制信道所占用的带宽,因此,基于该方法,有利于使带宽能力较低的终端设备能够接收高聚合等级的候选控制信道。In another possible implementation manner, the bandwidth occupied by the first candidate control channel in the frequency domain is different from the bandwidth occupied by the second candidate control channel in the frequency domain. For example, as shown in Figure 11, the detection period of the search space set is 5 slots, the time slot offset is 1 slot, and the number of time slots is 2 slots. The starting symbol position of the CORESET associated with the search space set is 0 , the CORESET occupies 3 OFDM symbols. The CORESET corresponding to OFDM symbols 0 to 2 in Slot 1 includes CCE0 to CCE3, and CCE0 to CCE3 form two second candidate control channels with an aggregation level of 2. Wherein, CCE0 and CCE1 form a second candidate control channel whose aggregation level is 2, and CCE2 and CCE3 form another second candidate control channel whose aggregation level is 2. The CORESET corresponding to OFDM symbols 0 to 2 in Slot 2 includes CCE4 to CCE7, and CCE4 to CCE7 form two second candidate control channels with an aggregation level of 2. Wherein, CCE4 and CCE5 form a second candidate control channel whose aggregation level is 2, and CCE6 and CCE7 form another second candidate control channel whose aggregation level is 2. Therefore, the first candidate control channel with an aggregation level of 8 is composed of the four second candidate control channels with an aggregation level of 2. In this case, the bandwidth occupied by the first candidate control channel in the frequency domain is the same as the bandwidth occupied by the two second candidate control channels in the frequency domain. Therefore, the bandwidth occupied by the first candidate control channel in the frequency domain and The bandwidths occupied by the second candidate control channels in the frequency domain are different. Since the bandwidth occupied by two candidate control channels with a candidate level of 2 is smaller than the bandwidth occupied by one candidate control channel with an aggregation level of 8, based on this method, it is beneficial for terminal devices with lower bandwidth capabilities to receive high aggregation Class candidate control channels.
602、网络设备向终端设备发送下行控制信息DCI。602. The network device sends downlink control information DCI to the terminal device.
本申请实施例中,网络设备在第一候选信道上向终端设备发送下行控制信息DCI,其中,DCI携带第一信息和第二信息,该第一信息和该第二信息用于终端设备确定该DCI调度的第一物理信道或参考信号的时域资源。该第一信息用于确定该DCI结束的时间单元,该第二信息用于确定该DCI结束的时间单元和该第一物理信道开始传输的时间单元之间的时间间隔,或者,该第二信息用于确定该DCI结束的时间单元和该参考信号开始传输的时间单元之间的时间间隔。由于第一候选控制信道对应的时域资源不一定只在一个时隙上,因此DCI的结束时间单元和起始时间单元不一定为同一个时隙。例如,当第一候选控制信道由N个第二候选控制信道组成,而该N个第二候选控制信道不在同一个时隙内时,第一候选控制信道承载的DCI的起始时间单元和结束时间单元不是同一个时隙。若DCI中仅携带第二信息,而未携带第一信息,则终端设备在解析DCI时,将无法确定当前DCI所在的时间单元是否为该DCI的结束时间单元,终端设备所确定的时域资源和网络设备实际配置的时域资源可能不一致。而本申请中的第一指示信息用于指示DCI的结束时间单元,避免了网络设备和终端设备对于DCI所调度时域资源理解不一致的情况,有利于终端设备能够更准确地确定该DCI调度的时域资源。In this embodiment of the present application, the network device sends downlink control information DCI to the terminal device on the first candidate channel, wherein the DCI carries first information and second information, and the first information and the second information are used by the terminal device to determine the Time-domain resources of the first physical channel or reference signal scheduled by the DCI. The first information is used to determine the time unit at which the DCI ends, and the second information is used to determine the time interval between the time unit at which the DCI ends and the time unit at which the first physical channel starts transmission, or the second information It is used to determine the time interval between the time unit when the DCI ends and the time unit when the reference signal starts to be transmitted. Since the time-domain resource corresponding to the first candidate control channel is not necessarily in only one time slot, the end time unit and the start time unit of the DCI are not necessarily the same time slot. For example, when the first candidate control channel is composed of N second candidate control channels, and the N second candidate control channels are not in the same time slot, the start time unit and end time of the DCI carried by the first candidate control channel The time unit is not the same slot. If the DCI only carries the second information and does not carry the first information, when the terminal device parses the DCI, it will not be able to determine whether the time unit where the current DCI is located is the end time unit of the DCI, and the time domain resources determined by the terminal device It may be inconsistent with the time domain resource actually configured by the network device. However, the first indication information in this application is used to indicate the end time unit of the DCI, which avoids the inconsistency between the network device and the terminal device in understanding the time domain resources scheduled by the DCI, and helps the terminal device to more accurately determine the time domain resource scheduled by the DCI. time domain resources.
需要说明的是,本实施例中的时间单元可以是时隙、子帧、OFDM符号或者帧。NR系统中,一个子帧的时长为1毫秒(ms),一个帧的时长为10毫秒(ms)。对于正常循环前缀,一个时隙内包含14个OFDM符号,对于扩展循环前缀,一个时隙内包含12个OFDM符号。It should be noted that the time unit in this embodiment may be a time slot, a subframe, an OFDM symbol or a frame. In the NR system, the duration of a subframe is 1 millisecond (ms), and the duration of a frame is 10 milliseconds (ms). For the normal cyclic prefix, one slot contains 14 OFDM symbols, and for the extended cyclic prefix, one slot contains 12 OFDM symbols.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该时间单元为时隙时,DCI中还可以包含第三信息,第三信 息用于指示第一物理信道或者参考信号在一个时隙内占用的OFDM符号的起始位置以及在一个时隙内占用的OFDM符号的个数。第三信息可以独立指示,即DCI中包含一个独立的字段承载第三信息,该字段不承载第一信息和/或第二信息。并且,第三信息也可以和第一信息或第二信息联合指示,或者,第三信息也可以和第一信息、第二信息联合指示,即DCI中包含一个字段,该字段可以承载第三信息,以及第一信息和/或第二信息。In a possible implementation manner, when the time unit is a time slot, the DCI may further include third information, and the third information is used to indicate the starting point of the OFDM symbol occupied by the first physical channel or the reference signal in one time slot. The starting position and the number of OFDM symbols occupied in one slot. The third information may be independently indicated, that is, the DCI includes an independent field carrying the third information, and this field does not carry the first information and/or the second information. In addition, the third information may also be jointly indicated with the first information or the second information, or the third information may be jointly indicated with the first information and the second information, that is, the DCI contains a field that can carry the third information , and the first message and/or the second message.
示例性的,如图12所示,搜索空间集合对应的第一候选控制信道承载了DCI,假设网络设备在第一候选控制信道上发送DCI,该DCI指示了调度第一物理信道的时域资源位置,第一候选控制信道由两个第二候选控制信道组成。若该DCI仅携带第二信息,则终端设备在解析Slot 1对应的第二候选控制信道承载的DCI时,将会误判该DCI的结束时间单元为Slot 1。第二信息指示DCI结束的时间单元和第一物理信道开始传输的时间单元之间的时间间隔为2个slot,因此,终端设备将确定该DCI调度的第一物理信道对应的时域位置为Slot 3。但实际上网络设备为终端设备实际分配用于传输第一物理信道的时域资源为Slot 4,终端设备所确定的时域资源和网络设备实际配置的时域资源存在不一致的情况。若采用本申请所描述的方法,即该DCI携带了第一信息和第二信息,根据该第一信息可以确定DCI的结束时间单元为Slot2,根据第二信息可以确定该DCI结束的时间单元和第一物理信道开始传输的时间单元之间的时间间隔为2个slot,因此,终端设备可以准确地确定Slot 4为该DCI调度的第一物理信道的时域资源。基于该方法,有利于终端设备准确地确定DCI调度的时域资源。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 12 , the first candidate control channel corresponding to the search space set carries DCI. It is assumed that the network device sends DCI on the first candidate control channel, and the DCI indicates the time domain resource for scheduling the first physical channel. position, the first candidate control channel consists of two second candidate control channels. If the DCI only carries the second information, the terminal device will misjudge that the end time unit of the DCI is Slot 1 when parsing the DCI carried by the second candidate control channel corresponding to Slot 1. The second information indicates that the time interval between the time unit at which the DCI ends and the time unit at which the first physical channel starts transmission is 2 slots. Therefore, the terminal device will determine that the time domain position corresponding to the first physical channel scheduled by the DCI is Slot 3. However, in fact, the time domain resource actually allocated by the network device to the terminal device for transmitting the first physical channel is Slot 4, and there is an inconsistency between the time domain resource determined by the terminal device and the time domain resource actually configured by the network device. If the method described in this application is adopted, that is, the DCI carries the first information and the second information, according to the first information, it can be determined that the end time unit of the DCI is Slot2, and according to the second information, it can be determined that the end time unit of the DCI and The time interval between the time units when the first physical channel starts to transmit is 2 slots, therefore, the terminal device can accurately determine that Slot 4 is the time domain resource of the first physical channel scheduled by the DCI. Based on this method, it is beneficial for the terminal equipment to accurately determine the time-domain resources for DCI scheduling.
其中,第一物理信道可以为物理下行共享信道(Physical Downlink Shared Channel,PDSCH)、物理上行共享信道(Physical Uplink Shared Channel,PUSCH)或物理上行控制信道(Physical Uplink Control Channel,PUCCH)等物理信道,本申请实施例对此不作限定。参考信号可以为追踪参考信号(TrackingReferenceSignal,TRS)、SSB、CSI-RS、探测参考信号(SoundingReference Signal,SRS)等信号。可选的,参考信号可以为非周期参考信号,例如,参考信号可以为非周期TRS、非周期CSI-RS、非周期SRS或非周期SSB等信号。本申请对此不作限定。Wherein, the first physical channel may be a physical channel such as a physical downlink shared channel (Physical Downlink Shared Channel, PDSCH), a physical uplink shared channel (Physical Uplink Shared Channel, PUSCH) or a physical uplink control channel (Physical Uplink Control Channel, PUCCH), This embodiment of the present application does not limit it. The reference signal may be a tracking reference signal (Tracking Reference Signal, TRS), SSB, CSI-RS, sounding reference signal (Sounding Reference Signal, SRS) and other signals. Optionally, the reference signal may be an aperiodic reference signal, for example, the reference signal may be an aperiodic TRS, aperiodic CSI-RS, aperiodic SRS, or aperiodic SSB signal. This application is not limited to this.
可选的,第一信息指示了第一候选控制信道的聚合等级。终端设备可以根据第一候选控制信道的聚合等级确定当前DCI所在的时隙是否为该DCI的结束时间单元。例如,终端设备可以根据第一信息,确定第一候选控制信道的聚合等级为K,若终端设备当接收到的第L个聚合等级为M第二候选控制信道时,L×M的值小于K,终端设备可以确定当前DCI所在的时隙不为该DCI的结束时间单元,若终端设备当接收到的第N个聚合等级为M第二候选控制信道时,N×M的值大于或等于K,终端设备可以确定当前DCI所在的时隙为该DCI的结束时间单元。该方法仅为本申请所提出的一种示例,本申请对与终端设备如何根据第一候选控制信道对应的聚合等级确定DCI的结束时间单元的方法不作限定。Optionally, the first information indicates the aggregation level of the first candidate control channel. The terminal device may determine whether the time slot where the current DCI is located is the end time unit of the DCI according to the aggregation level of the first candidate control channel. For example, the terminal device may determine that the aggregation level of the first candidate control channel is K according to the first information, and if the terminal device receives the Lth aggregation level of the second candidate control channel M, the value of L×M is less than K , the terminal device can determine that the time slot where the current DCI is located is not the end time unit of the DCI, if the terminal device receives the Nth aggregation level M second candidate control channel, the value of N×M is greater than or equal to K , the terminal device may determine that the time slot where the current DCI is located is the end time unit of the DCI. This method is only an example proposed in this application, and this application does not limit the method of how the terminal device determines the DCI end time unit according to the aggregation level corresponding to the first candidate control channel.
可选的,第一信息指示了DCI的结束时隙号。终端设备可以根据该DCI的结束时隙号直接确定该DCI的结束时间单元。Optionally, the first information indicates the ending slot number of the DCI. The terminal device can directly determine the end time unit of the DCI according to the end slot number of the DCI.
603、终端设备根据该DCI确定该DCI调度的第一物理信道或参考信号的时域资源。603. The terminal device determines, according to the DCI, time-domain resources of the first physical channel or reference signal scheduled by the DCI.
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备确定DCI调度的第一物理信道或参考信号的时域资源的方式可以为:终端设备根据第一信息和该第二信息确定该DCI调度的第一物理信道或参考信号的时域资源。基于该方法,有利于终端设备准确地确定DCI调度的时域资源。In a possible implementation manner, the manner in which the terminal device determines the time-domain resources of the first physical channel or reference signal scheduled by DCI may be: the terminal device determines the first physical channel resource of the DCI schedule according to the first information and the second information. Time domain resource of channel or reference signal. Based on this method, it is beneficial for the terminal equipment to accurately determine the time-domain resources for DCI scheduling.
请参见图13,图13是本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输方法的流程示意图。如图13所示,该数据传输方法包括如下步骤1301~步骤1303。Please refer to FIG. 13 . FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart of a data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 13 , the data transmission method includes the following steps 1301 to 1303 .
1301、网络设备确定下行控制信息DCI。1301. The network device determines downlink control information DCI.
本申请实施例中,DCI携带第一信息和第二信息,该第一信息和该第二信息用于终端设备确定该DCI调度的第一物理信道或参考信号的时域资源。该第一信息用于确定该DCI结束的时间单元,该第二信息用于确定该DCI结束的时间单元和该第一物理信道开始传输的时间单元之间的时间间隔,或者,该第二信息用于确定该DCI结束的时间单元和该参考信号开始传输的时间单元之间的时间间隔。由于第一候选控制信道对应的时域资源不一定只在一个时隙上,因此DCI的结束时间单元和起始时间单元不一定为同一个时隙,例如,当第一候选控制信道由N个第二候选控制信道组成,而该N个第二候选控制信道不在同一个时隙内时,第一候选控制信道承载的DCI的起始时间单元和结束时间单元不是同一个时隙。若DCI中仅携带第二信息,而未携带第一信息,则终端设备在解析DCI时,将无法确定当前DCI所在的时间单元是否为该DCI的结束时间单元,终端设备所确定的时域资源和网络设备实际配置的时域资源可能不一致。而本申请中的第一指示信息用于指示DCI的结束时间单元,避免了网络设备和终端设备对于DCI所调度时域资源理解不一致的情况,有利于终端设备能够更准确地确定该DCI调度的时域资源。具体的示例可参见上述步骤602中所描述的示例,本申请实施例在此不作赘述。In the embodiment of the present application, the DCI carries first information and second information, and the first information and the second information are used by the terminal device to determine the time-domain resource of the first physical channel or the reference signal scheduled by the DCI. The first information is used to determine the time unit at which the DCI ends, and the second information is used to determine the time interval between the time unit at which the DCI ends and the time unit at which the first physical channel starts transmission, or the second information It is used to determine the time interval between the time unit when the DCI ends and the time unit when the reference signal starts to be transmitted. Since the time domain resource corresponding to the first candidate control channel is not necessarily only in one time slot, the end time unit and start time unit of DCI are not necessarily the same time slot. For example, when the first candidate control channel consists of N The second candidate control channel is composed, and when the N second candidate control channels are not in the same time slot, the start time unit and end time unit of the DCI carried by the first candidate control channel are not in the same time slot. If the DCI only carries the second information and does not carry the first information, when the terminal device parses the DCI, it will not be able to determine whether the time unit where the current DCI is located is the end time unit of the DCI, and the time domain resources determined by the terminal device It may be inconsistent with the time domain resource actually configured by the network device. However, the first indication information in this application is used to indicate the end time unit of the DCI, which avoids the inconsistency between the network device and the terminal device in understanding the time domain resources scheduled by the DCI, and helps the terminal device to more accurately determine the time domain resource scheduled by the DCI. time domain resources. For a specific example, reference may be made to the example described in step 602 above, and details are not described here in this embodiment of the present application.
需要说明的是,本实施例中的时间单元可以是时隙、子帧、OFDM符号或者帧。该时间单元与上述步骤602中所描述的时间单元相同,本申请实施例在此不作赘述。It should be noted that the time unit in this embodiment may be a time slot, a subframe, an OFDM symbol or a frame. The time unit is the same as the time unit described in step 602 above, and details are not described here in this embodiment of the present application.
在一种可能的实现方式中,若该时间单元为时隙时,DCI中还可以包含第三信息,该第三信息与上述步骤602中所描述的第三信息相同,本申请实施例在此不作赘述。In a possible implementation, if the time unit is a time slot, the DCI may also include third information, which is the same as the third information described in step 602 above. I won't go into details.
1302、网络设备发送DCI。1302. The network device sends DCI.
在一种可能的实现方式中,网络设备在第一候选控制信道上发送DCI,其中,第一候选控制信道由N个第二候选控制信道组成,第一候选控制信道的聚合等级为K,第二候选控制信道的聚合等级为M,N大于1,M小于K。具体的实现方式可参见图6对应的方法实施例中的描述,本申请实施例在此不再赘述。In a possible implementation manner, the network device sends DCI on a first candidate control channel, where the first candidate control channel is composed of N second candidate control channels, the aggregation level of the first candidate control channel is K, and the first The aggregation level of the two candidate control channels is M, N is greater than 1, and M is less than K. For a specific implementation manner, reference may be made to the description in the method embodiment corresponding to FIG. 6 , and details are not repeated in this embodiment of the present application.
1303、终端设备根据第一信息和第二信息确定DCI调度的第一物理信道或参考信号的时域资源。1303. The terminal device determines, according to the first information and the second information, time-domain resources of the first physical channel or reference signal scheduled by the DCI.
本申请实施例中,第一物理信道可以为PDSCH、PUSCH或PUCCH等物理信道,本申请实施例对此不作限定。参考信号可以为追踪参考信号(TrackingReference Signal,TRS)、CSI-RS、SRS、SSB等信号。可选的,参考信号可以为非周期参考信号,比如,参考信号可以为非周期TRS、非周期CSI-RS、非周期SRS或非周期SSB等信号。本申请对此不作限定。In the embodiment of the present application, the first physical channel may be a physical channel such as PDSCH, PUSCH, or PUCCH, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. The reference signal may be a tracking reference signal (Tracking Reference Signal, TRS), CSI-RS, SRS, SSB and other signals. Optionally, the reference signal may be an aperiodic reference signal, for example, the reference signal may be an aperiodic TRS, aperiodic CSI-RS, aperiodic SRS, or aperiodic SSB signal. This application is not limited to this.
网络设备为终端设备配置初始上行部分带宽(Bandwidth Part,BWP)和初始下行BWP时,会向终端设备发送系统信息,该系统信息会携带初始上行BWP和初始下行BWP的配置信息。通过这样的方式,会导致网络设备发送的系统信息的信令开销较大,影响系统信息的性能。为了进一步降低系统信息的信令开销,本申请提出了一种数据传输方法,如图14所示,图14是本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输方法的流程示意图。该数据传输方法包括如下步骤1401~步骤1407。When the network device configures the initial uplink bandwidth part (BWP) and the initial downlink BWP for the terminal device, it will send system information to the terminal device, and the system information will carry the configuration information of the initial uplink BWP and the initial downlink BWP. In this way, the signaling overhead of the system information sent by the network device will be relatively large, which will affect the performance of the system information. In order to further reduce signaling overhead of system information, the present application proposes a data transmission method, as shown in FIG. 14 , which is a schematic flowchart of a data transmission method provided in an embodiment of the present application. The data transmission method includes the following steps 1401 to 1407.
1401、网络设备确定至少一个第一方向初始部分带宽BWP的频率位置。1401. The network device determines a frequency position of at least one initial partial bandwidth BWP in the first direction.
在一种可能的实现方式中,网络设备确定至少一个第一方向初始BWP的频率位置的方式可以为:网络设备根据物理随机接入信道(Physical Random Access Channel,PRACH)传输机会的个数P以及所述P个PRACH传输机会在频域上的起始位置,确定至少一个第一方 向初始BWP的频率位置。In a possible implementation manner, the manner in which the network device determines the frequency position of at least one initial BWP in the first direction may be as follows: the network device determines the number P of transmission opportunities of the physical random access channel (Physical Random Access Channel, PRACH) and The starting positions of the P PRACH transmission opportunities in the frequency domain determine the frequency position of at least one initial BWP in the first direction.
在一种可能的实现方式中,P个PRACH传输机会频率复用,至少一个第一方向初始BWP中的一个第一方向初始BWP在频域上的起始位置和所述P个PRACH传输机会在频域上的起始位置相同。In a possible implementation manner, the P PRACH transmission opportunities are frequency-multiplexed, and the starting position of one first-direction initial BWP in the frequency domain of at least one first-direction initial BWP and the P PRACH transmission opportunities are at The starting position in the frequency domain is the same.
在一种可能的实现方式中,至少一个第一方向初始BWP中的一个第一方向初始BWP占用的频率带宽和P个PRACH传输机会中的C个PRACH传输机会占用的频率带宽相同。其中,C为小于或者等于P的正整数。所述P个PRACH传输机会按照频率由低到高顺序依次记为PRACH传输机会0,PRACH传输机会1,…,PRACH传输机会P-1,所述C个PRACH传输机会为从所述PRACH传输机会0开始的C个PRACH传输机会。In a possible implementation manner, the frequency bandwidth occupied by one first-direction initial BWP in the at least one first-direction initial BWP is the same as the frequency bandwidth occupied by C PRACH transmission opportunities among the P PRACH transmission opportunities. Wherein, C is a positive integer less than or equal to P. The P PRACH transmission opportunities are sequentially recorded as PRACH transmission opportunity 0, PRACH transmission opportunity 1, ..., PRACH transmission opportunity P-1 according to the order of frequency from low to high, and the C PRACH transmission opportunities are from the PRACH transmission opportunity C PRACH transmission opportunities starting from 0.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述至少一个第一方向初始BWP中的一个第一方向初始BWP在频域上的起始位置和所述P个PRACH传输机会中的第F个PRACH传输机会的频率起始位置相同,其中F为小于或者等于P的正整数。所述P个PRACH传输机会按照频率由低到高顺序依次记为PRACH传输机会0,PRACH传输机会1,…,PRACH传输机会P-1,所述第F个PRACH传输机会为索引号为F-1的PRACH传输机会。In a possible implementation manner, the starting position of one first-direction initial BWP in the at least one first-direction initial BWP in the frequency domain and the F-th PRACH transmission opportunity among the P PRACH transmission opportunities The starting positions of the frequencies are the same, where F is a positive integer less than or equal to P. The P PRACH transmission opportunities are sequentially recorded as PRACH transmission opportunity 0, PRACH transmission opportunity 1,..., PRACH transmission opportunity P-1 in order of frequency from low to high, and the Fth PRACH transmission opportunity is index number F- 1 PRACH transmission opportunity.
示例性的,如图15所示,假设有8个PRACH随机接入机会频分复用,网络设备可以根据该8个随机接入机会确定2个初始上行BWP,分别为初始上行BWP#0和初始上行BWP#1。具体的确定方式为,根据8个PRACH随机接入机会与初始上行BWP#0的频率起始位置相同,8个PRACH随机接入机会中的位于低频的4个PRACH随机接入机会与BWP#0的带宽相同,即上述描述中的C=4,因此可以确定了BWP#0的频域位置。对于初始上行BWP#1,8个PRACH随机接入机会中的第4个PRACH随机接入机会的频率起始位置和BWP#0的频率起始位置相同,即上述描述中的F=4,因此可以确定了BWP#1的频域位置。Exemplarily, as shown in Figure 15, assuming that there are 8 PRACH random access opportunities for frequency division multiplexing, the network device can determine 2 initial uplink BWPs according to the 8 random access opportunities, which are initial uplink BWP#0 and Initial uplink BWP#1. The specific determination method is as follows: according to the frequency start position of the 8 PRACH random access opportunities and the initial uplink BWP#0 are the same, the 4 PRACH random access opportunities located in the low frequency among the 8 PRACH random access opportunities are the same as BWP#0 The bandwidths of BWP#0 are the same, that is, C=4 in the above description, so the frequency domain position of BWP#0 can be determined. For the initial uplink BWP#1, the frequency start position of the fourth PRACH random access opportunity among the 8 PRACH random access opportunities is the same as the frequency start position of BWP#0, that is, F=4 in the above description, so The frequency domain location of BWP#1 can be determined.
一种可能的实现方式中,所述至少一个第一方向初始BWP中的一个第一方向初始BWP占用的频率带宽小于或者等于所述终端设备支持的最大带宽。In a possible implementation manner, a frequency bandwidth occupied by one first-direction initial BWP in the at least one first-direction initial BWP is smaller than or equal to a maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device.
其中,该第一方向初始BWP可以为初始上行BWP,也可以为初始下行BWP。Wherein, the initial BWP in the first direction may be an initial uplink BWP, or may be an initial downlink BWP.
其中,步骤1402可以在步骤1401之前执行,也可以同时执行,本申请实施例对于步骤1402和步骤1401的执行时机不作限定。Wherein, step 1402 may be performed before step 1401, or may be performed at the same time, and this embodiment of the present application does not limit the execution timing of step 1402 and step 1401.
1402、网络设备向终端设备发送配置信息。1402. The network device sends configuration information to the terminal device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该配置信息用于指示随机接入信道PRACH传输机会的个数P以及P个PRACH传输机会在频域上的起始位置。In a possible implementation manner, the configuration information is used to indicate the number P of random access channel PRACH transmission opportunities and the starting positions of the P PRACH transmission opportunities in the frequency domain.
在一种可能的实现方式中,配置信息承载在系统信息中。In a possible implementation manner, configuration information is carried in system information.
1403、网络设备根据至少一个第一方向初始BWP的频率位置确定至少一个第二方向初始BWP的频率位置。1403. The network device determines the frequency position of at least one initial BWP in the second direction according to the frequency position of at least one initial BWP in the first direction.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一方向初始BWP的中心频率位置与第二方向初始BWP的中心频率相同,以及第一方向初始BWP的物理资源块PRB与第二方向初始BWP的PRB数量相同。第一方向初始BWP和第二方向初始BWP之间的对应关系还可以有其他类型对应关系,本申请实施例对此不作限定。示例性的,如图15所示,图15中,初始上行BWP#0和初始下行BWP#0的中心频率相同,以及初始上行BWP#0和初始下行BWP#0的PRB数量相同,因此可以根据初始上行BWP#0确定初始下行BWP#0的频率位置。In a possible implementation, the center frequency position of the initial BWP in the first direction is the same as the center frequency of the initial BWP in the second direction, and the number of PRBs of the initial BWP in the first direction is the same as that of the initial BWP in the second direction . The correspondence between the initial BWP in the first direction and the initial BWP in the second direction may also have other types of correspondence, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 15, in FIG. 15, the center frequency of the initial uplink BWP#0 and the initial downlink BWP#0 are the same, and the number of PRBs of the initial uplink BWP#0 and the initial downlink BWP#0 is the same, so it can be based on The initial uplink BWP#0 determines the frequency position of the initial downlink BWP#0.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一方向初始BWP为初始上行BWP,该第二方向初始BWP为初始下行BWP,或者,第一方向初始BWP为初始下行BWP,该第二方向初始BWP为初始上行BWP。In a possible implementation, the initial BWP in the first direction is the initial uplink BWP, and the initial BWP in the second direction is the initial downlink BWP, or, the initial BWP in the first direction is the initial downlink BWP, and the initial BWP in the second direction is the initial Uplink BWP.
1404、终端设备根据配置信息确定至少一个第一方向初始部分带宽BWP的频率位置。1404. The terminal device determines a frequency position of at least one initial partial bandwidth BWP in the first direction according to the configuration information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在终端设备确定至少一个第一方向初始BWP的频率位置时,该步骤具体包括:终端设备根据PRACH传输机会的个数P以及所述P个PRACH传输机会在频域上的起始位置,确定至少一个第一方向初始BWP的频率位置。终端设备确定第一方向初始部分带宽BWP的频率位置与网络设备相同,具体实现方式和示例可参见步骤1401。In a possible implementation manner, when the terminal device determines the frequency position of at least one initial BWP in the first direction, this step specifically includes: the terminal device determines the frequency position of the PRACH transmission opportunities according to the number P of PRACH transmission opportunities and the frequency of the P PRACH transmission opportunities. The initial position on the domain is used to determine the frequency position of at least one initial BWP in the first direction. The terminal device determines that the frequency position of the initial partial bandwidth BWP in the first direction is the same as that of the network device. Refer to step 1401 for specific implementations and examples.
1405、终端设备根据至少一个第一方向初始BWP的频率位置确定至少一个第二方向初始BWP的频率位置。1405. The terminal device determines the frequency position of at least one initial BWP in the second direction according to the frequency position of at least one initial BWP in the first direction.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一方向初始BWP的中心频率位置与第二方向初始BWP的中心频率相同,以及第一方向初始BWP的物理资源块PRB与第二方向初始BWP的PRB数量相同。第一方向初始BWP和第二方向初始BWP之间的对应关系还可以有其他类型对应关系,本申请实施例对此不作限定。可选的,该对应关系为可以为预先设定的,也可以为网络设备配置的。由于网络设备发送的配置信息中无需携带用于终端设备确定第二初始BWP的频率位置的信息,有利于节省配置信息的信令开销。In a possible implementation, the center frequency position of the initial BWP in the first direction is the same as the center frequency of the initial BWP in the second direction, and the number of PRBs of the initial BWP in the first direction is the same as that of the initial BWP in the second direction . The correspondence between the initial BWP in the first direction and the initial BWP in the second direction may also have other types of correspondence, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. Optionally, the corresponding relationship may be preset or configured for the network device. Since the configuration information sent by the network device does not need to carry information for the terminal device to determine the frequency position of the second initial BWP, it is beneficial to save the signaling overhead of the configuration information.
1406、网络设备根据至少一个第一方向初始BWP的频率位置和至少一个第二方向初始BWP的频率位置与终端设备进行通信。1406. The network device communicates with the terminal device according to the frequency position of at least one initial BWP in the first direction and the frequency position of at least one initial BWP in the second direction.
1407、终端设备根据至少一个第一方向初始BWP的频率位置和至少一个第二方向初始BWP的频率位置与网络设备进行通信。1407. The terminal device communicates with the network device according to at least one frequency position of the initial BWP in the first direction and at least one frequency position of the initial BWP in the second direction.
示例性的,终端设备可以基于至少一个第一方向初始BWP的频率位置和至少一个第二方向初始BWP的频率位置向网络设备发起随机接入。Exemplarily, the terminal device may initiate random access to the network device based on at least one frequency position of the initial BWP in the first direction and at least one frequency position of the initial BWP in the second direction.
其中,步骤1406仅需在步骤1403之后执行即可,步骤1407仅需在步骤1405之后执行即可,本申请实施例对步骤1406和步骤1407执行的先后顺序不作限定,例如,可以先执行步骤1407后执行步骤1406。Among them, step 1406 only needs to be executed after step 1403, and step 1407 only needs to be executed after step 1405. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the sequence of execution of step 1406 and step 1407. For example, step 1407 can be executed first Then step 1406 is executed.
为了降低终端成本,NR引入带宽能力较窄终端设备,为了负载均衡,网络设备会为终端设备分配多个初始上行BWP用于随机接入。但终端设备无法确定多个初始上行BWP的实际负载情况,因此终端设备如何从多个初始上行BWP中选择一个合适的初始上行BWP进行随机接入,是亟需解决的问题。为了能够使终端设备确定一个更加合适的初始上行BWP,本申请提出一种数据传输方法,如图16所示,图16是本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输方法的流程示意图,该数据传输方法包括如下步骤1601~步骤1604。In order to reduce terminal costs, NR introduces terminal devices with narrow bandwidth capabilities. For load balancing, network devices will allocate multiple initial uplink BWPs to terminal devices for random access. However, the terminal device cannot determine the actual load of the multiple initial uplink BWPs, so how the terminal device selects a suitable initial uplink BWP from the multiple initial uplink BWPs for random access is an urgent problem to be solved. In order to enable terminal equipment to determine a more suitable initial uplink BWP, this application proposes a data transmission method, as shown in Figure 16, Figure 16 is a schematic flow chart of a data transmission method provided by an embodiment of this application, the data transmission The method includes steps 1601 to 1604 as follows.
1601、网络设备确定第一初始上行BWP。1601. The network device determines a first initial uplink BWP.
本申请实施例中,第一初始上行BWP为多个初始上行BWP中的一个,该多个初始上行BWP为网络设备分配给终端设备用于随机接入的BWP。In this embodiment of the present application, the first initial uplink BWP is one of multiple initial uplink BWPs, and the multiple initial uplink BWPs are BWPs allocated by the network device to the terminal device for random access.
可选的,第一初始上行BWP为多个初始上行BWP中负载最轻的BWP,若终端设备基于第一初始上行BWP进行随机接入,有利于提高终端设备随机接入的成功率。Optionally, the first initial uplink BWP is the BWP with the lightest load among the multiple initial uplink BWPs. If the terminal device performs random access based on the first initial uplink BWP, it is beneficial to improve the success rate of random access of the terminal device.
1602、网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息。1602. The network device sends indication information to the terminal device.
本申请实施例中,该指示信息用于指示第一初始上行BWP在多个初始上行BWP中的索引。In this embodiment of the present application, the indication information is used to indicate the index of the first initial uplink BWP among the multiple initial uplink BWPs.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该指示信息承载于第一DCI中。第一DCI的CRC通过小区无线网络临时标识(Cell-Radio Network Temporary Identifier,C-RNTI)加扰。In a possible implementation manner, the indication information is carried in the first DCI. The CRC of the first DCI is scrambled through a Cell-Radio Network Temporary Identifier (C-RNTI).
可选的,第一DCI用于触发随机接入过程,第一DCI还包括以下一项或者多项:随机接入前导码索引,正常上行链路/补充上行链路(Uplink/Supplementary Uplink,UL/SUL)指示, 同步信号和物理广播信道(synchronization signal andphysical broadcast channel,SS/PBCH)索引,PRACH掩码索引。其中,随机接入前导码索引用于确定前导码,UL/SUL指示用于发送PRACH的上行载波,SS/PBCH索引用于指示同步信号和物理广播信道,PRACH掩码索引用于指示SS/PBCH索引所指示的同步信号和物理广播信道关联的随机接入机会(Random Access Channel occasion,RACH occasion)。Optionally, the first DCI is used to trigger the random access process, and the first DCI also includes one or more of the following: random access preamble index, normal uplink/supplementary uplink (Uplink/Supplementary Uplink, UL /SUL) indication, synchronization signal and physical broadcast channel (synchronization signal and physical broadcast channel, SS/PBCH) index, PRACH mask index. Among them, the random access preamble index is used to determine the preamble, UL/SUL indicates the uplink carrier used to send the PRACH, the SS/PBCH index is used to indicate the synchronization signal and the physical broadcast channel, and the PRACH mask index is used to indicate the SS/PBCH The random access opportunity (Random Access Channel occasion, RACH occasion) associated with the synchronization signal indicated by the index and the physical broadcast channel.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在网络设备发送指示信息之前,网络设备向终端设备发送随机接入资源配置信息。随机接入资源配置信息包含A个随机接入资源类型的配置信息,A不超过一个PRACH机会关联的SSB个数B。网络设备为了将不同类型的终端设备区分开,因此设定了不同类型的随机接入资源对应了不同类型的终端设备,当不同类型的终端设备根据自身类型选择对应的随机接入资源进行随机接入,网络设备可以根据终端设备所使用的随机接入资源的类型,确定该终端设备的类型,有利于网络设备后续能够更加灵活地为终端设备分配合适的资源。In a possible implementation manner, before the network device sends the indication information, the network device sends random access resource configuration information to the terminal device. The random access resource configuration information includes configuration information of A random access resource types, and A does not exceed the number B of SSBs associated with one PRACH opportunity. In order to distinguish different types of terminal devices, network devices set different types of random access resources corresponding to different types of terminal devices. When different types of terminal devices select corresponding random access resources according to their own types to perform random access Input, the network device can determine the type of the terminal device according to the type of the random access resource used by the terminal device, which is beneficial for the network device to allocate appropriate resources for the terminal device more flexibly in the future.
其中,1个PRACH机会对应B个SSB,B由网络设备配置。由于每个SSB对应的随机接入机会中可以使用的前导码索引最多有64个,对于一种随机接入资源类型,在一个SSB对应的随机接入机会中,使用了
Figure PCTCN2022100588-appb-000009
个前导码索引,若当前有A个随机接入资源类型,需要满足
Figure PCTCN2022100588-appb-000010
因此A需要小于等于B,否则可能会出现某种随机接入资源对应的类型的前导码数量不足的情况。基于该方法,有利于可以保证每种类型的随机接入资源资源有足够的前导码,保证随机接入性能。
Wherein, one PRACH opportunity corresponds to B SSBs, and B is configured by a network device. Since there are at most 64 preamble indexes that can be used in the random access opportunity corresponding to each SSB, for a random access resource type, in a random access opportunity corresponding to an SSB, the
Figure PCTCN2022100588-appb-000009
preamble index, if there are currently A random access resource types, it needs to satisfy
Figure PCTCN2022100588-appb-000010
Therefore, A needs to be less than or equal to B, otherwise there may be a situation that the number of preambles of a type corresponding to a certain random access resource is insufficient. Based on this method, it is beneficial to ensure that each type of random access resource has enough preambles to ensure random access performance.
其中,不同类型的随机接入资源对应了不同类型的终端设备,该不同类型的终端设备可以包括以下类型中的一种或者多种:支持最大带宽能力不超过X MHz的终端设备、不支持最大带宽能力不超过X MHz的终端设备、支持最大带宽能力不超过20MHz的终端设备、不支持最大带宽能力不超过20MHz的终端设备,支持覆盖增强的终端设备,不支持覆盖增强的终端设备,支持第三消息(Msg3)重复的终端设备,不支持Msg3重复的终端设备,支持小包传输的终端设备,不支持小包传输的终端设备,支持两步RACH的终端设备、不支持两步RACH的终端设备或支持四步RACH的终端设备。其中,X小于20,比如X为5或10,Msg3为四步随机接入中,在终端设备接收网络设备发送的随机接入响应后,由终端设备向网络设备发送的消息。Among them, different types of random access resources correspond to different types of terminal equipment, and the different types of terminal equipment may include one or more of the following types: terminal equipment that supports a maximum bandwidth capability of no more than X MHz, does not support a maximum Terminal equipment with a bandwidth capability not exceeding X MHz, terminal equipment that supports a maximum bandwidth capability of no more than 20MHz, terminal equipment that does not support a maximum bandwidth capability of 20MHz, terminal equipment that supports coverage enhancement, terminal equipment that does not support coverage enhancement, and terminal equipment that supports coverage enhancement A terminal device that repeats three messages (Msg3), a terminal device that does not support Msg3 repetition, a terminal device that supports small packet transmission, a terminal device that does not support small packet transmission, a terminal device that supports two-step RACH, a terminal device that does not support two-step RACH, or A terminal device that supports four-step RACH. Wherein, X is less than 20, for example, X is 5 or 10, and Msg3 is a message sent by the terminal device to the network device after the terminal device receives the random access response sent by the network device in the four-step random access.
1603、终端设备基于第一初始上行BWP在多个初始上行BWP中的索引确定该第一初始上行BWP。1603. The terminal device determines the first initial uplink BWP based on indexes of the first initial uplink BWP in multiple initial uplink BWPs.
1604、终端设备基于第一初始上行BWP发起随机接入。1604. The terminal device initiates random access based on the first initial uplink BWP.
本申请实施例中,由于第一初始上行BWP是由网络设备从多个初始上行BWP中确定的,用于终端设备进行随机接入,可以提升随机接入成功概率。示例性的,该第一初始上行BWP的负载是多个初始上行BWP最轻的,终端设备基于第一初始上行BWP与网络设备进行通信时,不容易出现由于网络阻塞导致数据丢失的情况,因此有利于提高终端设备随机接入的成功率。In the embodiment of the present application, since the first initial uplink BWP is determined by the network device from multiple initial uplink BWPs, it is used for the terminal device to perform random access, which can increase the success probability of random access. Exemplarily, the load of the first initial uplink BWP is the lightest of the multiple initial uplink BWPs, and when the terminal device communicates with the network device based on the first initial uplink BWP, data loss due to network congestion is unlikely to occur, so It is beneficial to improve the success rate of random access of the terminal equipment.
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备根据所述随机接入资源类型配置信息确定该终端设备类型对应的随机接入资源。示例性的,终端设备根据该终端设备的能力确定支持的随机接入资源类型,进而根据所述随机接入资源类型配置信息确定该随机接入资源类型对应的随机接入资源。终端设备基于第一初始上行BWP发起随机接入的具体实现方式可以为,终端设备基于第一初始上行BWP和该终端设备的类型对应的随机接入资源发起随机接入。In a possible implementation manner, the terminal device determines the random access resource corresponding to the type of the terminal device according to the random access resource type configuration information. Exemplarily, the terminal device determines the supported random access resource type according to the capability of the terminal device, and then determines the random access resource corresponding to the random access resource type according to the random access resource type configuration information. A specific implementation manner in which the terminal device initiates random access based on the first initial uplink BWP may be that the terminal device initiates random access based on the first initial uplink BWP and a random access resource corresponding to the type of the terminal device.
可选的,终端设备在接收指示信息之前,终端设备还接收了网络设备发送的随机接入资源配置信息,随机接入资源配置信息包含A个随机接入资源类型的配置信息,A不超过一个PRACH机会关联的SSB个数B。网络设备为了将不同类型的终端设备区分开,因此设定了不同类型的随机接入资源对应了不同类型的终端设备,当不同类型的终端设备根据自身类型选择对应的随机接入资源进行随机接入,网络设备根据终端设备使用的随机接入资源从而确定该终端设备的类型,有利于网络设备能够后续更加灵活地为终端设备分配的资源。由于网络设备的随机接入资源是有限的,若随机接入资源类型越多,每种类型对应的随机接入资源也就越少,如果随机接入资源类型数量超过了一定数值,会出现某种随机接入资源对应的类型的前导码数量不足的情况。而1个PRACH机会对应B个SSB,B由网络设备配置。由于每个SSB对应的随机接入机会中可以使用的前导码索引最多有64个,对于一种随机接入资源类型,在一个SSB对应的随机接入机会中,使用了
Figure PCTCN2022100588-appb-000011
个前导码索引,若当前有A个随机接入资源类型,需要满足
Figure PCTCN2022100588-appb-000012
因此A需要小于等于B,否则可能会出现某种随机接入资源对应的类型的前导码数量不足的情况。基于该方法,有利于可以保证每种类型的随机接入资源资源有足够的前导码,提高终端设备随机接入的成功率。
Optionally, before the terminal device receives the indication information, the terminal device also receives the random access resource configuration information sent by the network device. The random access resource configuration information includes configuration information of A random access resource types, and A does not exceed one The number B of SSBs associated with the PRACH opportunity. In order to distinguish different types of terminal devices, network devices set different types of random access resources corresponding to different types of terminal devices. When different types of terminal devices select corresponding random access resources according to their own types to perform random access In, the network device determines the type of the terminal device according to the random access resources used by the terminal device, which is beneficial for the network device to more flexibly allocate resources for the terminal device subsequently. Since the random access resources of network devices are limited, if there are more types of random access resources, the number of random access resources corresponding to each type will be less. If the number of random access resource types exceeds a certain value, a certain The number of preambles of the type corresponding to the random access resource is insufficient. One PRACH opportunity corresponds to B SSBs, and B is configured by a network device. Since there are at most 64 preamble indexes that can be used in the random access opportunity corresponding to each SSB, for a random access resource type, in a random access opportunity corresponding to an SSB, the
Figure PCTCN2022100588-appb-000011
preamble index, if there are currently A random access resource types, it needs to satisfy
Figure PCTCN2022100588-appb-000012
Therefore, A needs to be less than or equal to B, otherwise there may be a situation that the number of preambles of a type corresponding to a certain random access resource is insufficient. Based on this method, it is beneficial to ensure that each type of random access resource has sufficient preambles, and improve the success rate of random access of terminal equipment.
请参见图17,图17示出了本申请实施例的一种通信装置的结构示意图。图17所示的通信装置可以用于执行上述图6所描述的方法实施例中网络设备的部分或全部功能。该装置可以是网络设备,也可以是网络设备中的装置,或者是能够和网络设备匹配使用的装置。其中,该通信装置还可以为芯片系统。图17所示的通信装置可以包括通信单元1701和处理单元1702。其中,处理单元1702,用于进行数据处理。通信单元1701集成有接收单元和发送单元。通信单元1701也可以称为收发单元。或者,也可将通信单元1701拆分为接收单元和发送单元。下文的处理单元1702和通信单元1701同理,下文不再赘述。其中:Referring to FIG. 17 , FIG. 17 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application. The communication device shown in FIG. 17 may be used to perform some or all functions of the network device in the method embodiment described in FIG. 6 above. The device may be a network device, or a device in the network device, or a device that can be matched with the network device. Wherein, the communication device may also be a system on a chip. The communication device shown in FIG. 17 may include a communication unit 1701 and a processing unit 1702 . Wherein, the processing unit 1702 is configured to perform data processing. The communication unit 1701 is integrated with a receiving unit and a sending unit. The communication unit 1701 may also be called a transceiver unit. Alternatively, the communication unit 1701 may also be split into a receiving unit and a sending unit. The processing unit 1702 and the communication unit 1701 below have the same principle, and will not be described in detail below. in:
处理单元1702,用于确定第一候选控制信道,该第一候选控制信道由N个第二候选控制信道组成,第一候选控制信道的聚合等级为K,第二候选控制信道的聚合等级为M,N大于1,M小于K;通信单元1701,用于在该第一候选控制信道向终端设备发送下行控制信息DCI。The processing unit 1702 is configured to determine a first candidate control channel, the first candidate control channel is composed of N second candidate control channels, the aggregation level of the first candidate control channel is K, and the aggregation level of the second candidate control channel is M , N is greater than 1, and M is less than K; the communication unit 1701 is configured to send downlink control information DCI to the terminal device on the first candidate control channel.
在一种可能的实现方式中,DCI携带第一信息和第二信息,第一信息和该第二信息用于终端设备确定该DCI调度的第一物理信道或参考信号的时域资源;第一信息用于确定DCI结束的时间单元,第二信息用于确定DCI结束的时间单元和第一物理信道开始传输的时间单元之间的时间间隔,或者,第二信息用于确定DCI结束的时间单元和参考信号开始传输的时间单元之间的时间间隔。In a possible implementation manner, the DCI carries first information and second information, and the first information and the second information are used by the terminal device to determine the time domain resource of the first physical channel or reference signal scheduled by the DCI; the first The information is used to determine the time unit at which the DCI ends, and the second information is used to determine the time interval between the time unit at which the DCI ends and the time unit at which the first physical channel starts transmission, or the second information is used to determine the time unit at which the DCI ends and the time interval between the time units at which the reference signal starts to transmit.
在一种可能的实现方式中,N、M和K满足:
Figure PCTCN2022100588-appb-000013
Figure PCTCN2022100588-appb-000014
In a possible implementation, N, M and K satisfy:
Figure PCTCN2022100588-appb-000013
or
Figure PCTCN2022100588-appb-000014
在一种可能的实现方式中,N个第二候选控制信道属于同一个搜索空间集合。In a possible implementation manner, the N second candidate control channels belong to the same search space set.
可选的,N个第二候选控制信道位于同一个时隙内,或者,N个第二候选控制信道位于不同时隙内。Optionally, the N second candidate control channels are located in the same time slot, or the N second candidate control channels are located in different time slots.
进一步可选的,N个第二候选控制信道位于同一个时隙内;N个第二候选控制信道在同一个时隙内占用连续的正交频分复用OFDM符号,或N个第二候选控制信道在同一个时隙内占用不连续的OFDM符号。Further optionally, the N second candidate control channels are located in the same time slot; the N second candidate control channels occupy consecutive OFDM symbols in the same time slot, or the N second candidate control channels The control channel occupies discontinuous OFDM symbols in the same time slot.
进一步可选的,N个第二候选控制信道位于不同时隙内;N个第二候选控制信道位于连续的时隙内。Further optionally, the N second candidate control channels are located in different time slots; the N second candidate control channels are located in consecutive time slots.
可选的,该N个第二候选控制信道属于多个搜索空间集合。Optionally, the N second candidate control channels belong to multiple search space sets.
进一步可选的,该多个搜索空间集合关联同一个控制资源集合CORESET索引,或者, 该多个搜索空间集合关联不同的CORESET索引。Further optionally, the multiple search space sets are associated with the same control resource set CORESET index, or the multiple search space sets are associated with different CORESET indexes.
进一步可选的,该多个搜索空间集合对应同一种DCI格式。Further optionally, the multiple search space sets correspond to the same DCI format.
进一步可选的,该多个搜索空间集合的检测周期相同,时隙偏置不同。Further optionally, the detection periods of the multiple search space sets are the same, and the time slot offsets are different.
在一种可能的实现方式中,N个第二候选控制信道对应的传输配置指示状态相同或不同。In a possible implementation manner, the transmission configuration indication states corresponding to the N second candidate control channels are the same or different.
在一种可能的实现方式中,N个第二候选控制信道占用的频域位置相同,时域位置不同。In a possible implementation manner, the N second candidate control channels occupy the same frequency domain positions and different time domain positions.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一候选控制信道在频域上占用的带宽和该第二候选控制信道在频域上占用的带宽相同。In a possible implementation manner, the bandwidth occupied by the first candidate control channel in the frequency domain is the same as the bandwidth occupied by the second candidate control channel in the frequency domain.
请参见图17,图17示出了本申请实施例的一种通信装置的结构示意图。图17所示的通信装置可以用于执行上述图6所描述的方法实施例中终端设备的部分或全部功能。该装置可以是终端设备,也可以是终端设备中的装置,或者是能够和终端设备匹配使用的装置。其中,该通信装置还可以为芯片系统。图17所示的通信装置可以包括通信单元1701和处理单元1702。其中:Referring to FIG. 17 , FIG. 17 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application. The communication apparatus shown in FIG. 17 may be used to perform some or all functions of the terminal device in the method embodiment described in FIG. 6 above. The device may be a terminal device, or a device in the terminal device, or a device that can be matched with the terminal device. Wherein, the communication device may also be a system on a chip. The communication device shown in FIG. 17 may include a communication unit 1701 and a processing unit 1702 . in:
该通信单元1701,用于接收来自网络设备的下行控制信息DCI,该DCI是网络设备通过第一候选控制信道发送的,第一候选控制信道由N个第二候选控制信道组成,该第一候选控制信道的聚合等级为K,该第二候选控制信道的聚合等级为M,该N大于1,该M小于该K;该处理单元1702,用于根据该DCI确定该DCI调度的第一物理信道或参考信号的时域资源。The communication unit 1701 is configured to receive downlink control information DCI from the network device, the DCI is sent by the network device through the first candidate control channel, the first candidate control channel is composed of N second candidate control channels, and the first candidate The aggregation level of the control channel is K, the aggregation level of the second candidate control channel is M, the N is greater than 1, and the M is smaller than the K; the processing unit 1702 is configured to determine the first physical channel scheduled by the DCI according to the DCI Or the time-domain resource of the reference signal.
在一种可能的实现方式中,DCI携带第一信息和第二信息,第一信息用于确定DCI结束的时间单元,第二信息用于确定DCI结束的时间单元和第一物理信道开始传输的时间单元之间的时间间隔,或者,第二信息用于确定DCI结束的时间单元和参考信号开始传输的时间单元之间的时间间隔;该处理单元1702,用于根据DCI确定该DCI调度的第一物理信道或参考信号的时域资源时,该处理单元1702具体用于根据第一信息和第二信息确定DCI调度的第一物理信道或参考信号的时域资源。In a possible implementation manner, the DCI carries first information and second information, the first information is used to determine the time unit when the DCI ends, and the second information is used to determine the time unit when the DCI ends and the time when the first physical channel starts transmission. The time interval between time units, or the second information is used to determine the time interval between the time unit at which the DCI ends and the time unit at which the reference signal starts to be transmitted; the processing unit 1702 is configured to determine the first DCI schedule according to the DCI When the time-domain resource of a physical channel or reference signal is used, the processing unit 1702 is specifically configured to determine the time-domain resource of the first physical channel or reference signal scheduled by DCI according to the first information and the second information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,DCI携带第一信息和第二信息,该第一信息和该第二信息用于终端设备确定DCI调度的第一物理信道或参考信号的时域资源;第一信息用于确定DCI结束的时间单元,第二信息用于确定DCI结束的时间单元和第一物理信道开始传输的时间单元之间的时间间隔,或者,第二信息用于确定DCI结束的时间单元和参考信号开始传输的时间单元之间的时间间隔。In a possible implementation manner, the DCI carries first information and second information, and the first information and the second information are used by the terminal device to determine the time domain resources of the first physical channel or reference signal scheduled by the DCI; the first The information is used to determine the time unit at which the DCI ends, and the second information is used to determine the time interval between the time unit at which the DCI ends and the time unit at which the first physical channel starts transmission, or the second information is used to determine the time unit at which the DCI ends and the time interval between the time units at which the reference signal starts to transmit.
在一种可能的实现方式中,N、M和K满足:
Figure PCTCN2022100588-appb-000015
Figure PCTCN2022100588-appb-000016
In a possible implementation, N, M and K satisfy:
Figure PCTCN2022100588-appb-000015
or
Figure PCTCN2022100588-appb-000016
在一种可能的实现方式中,N个第二候选控制信道属于同一个搜索空间集合。In a possible implementation manner, the N second candidate control channels belong to the same search space set.
可选的,该N个第二候选控制信道位于同一个时隙内,或者,该N个第二候选控制信道位于不同时隙内。Optionally, the N second candidate control channels are located in the same time slot, or the N second candidate control channels are located in different time slots.
进一步可选的,N个第二候选控制信道位于同一个时隙内;该N个第二候选控制信道在同一个时隙内占用连续的正交频分复用OFDM符号,或该N个第二候选控制信道在同一个时隙内占用不连续的OFDM符号。Further optionally, the N second candidate control channels are located in the same time slot; the N second candidate control channels occupy consecutive orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols in the same time slot, or the N second candidate control channels The two candidate control channels occupy discontinuous OFDM symbols in the same time slot.
进一步可选的,N个第二候选控制信道位于不同时隙内;该N个第二候选控制信道位于连续的时隙内。Further optionally, the N second candidate control channels are located in different time slots; the N second candidate control channels are located in consecutive time slots.
可选的,N个第二候选控制信道属于多个搜索空间集合。Optionally, the N second candidate control channels belong to multiple search space sets.
进一步可选的,该多个搜索空间集合关联同一个控制资源集合CORESET索引,或者,该多个搜索空间集合关联不同的CORESET索引。Further optionally, the multiple search space sets are associated with the same control resource set CORESET index, or the multiple search space sets are associated with different CORESET indexes.
进一步可选的,该多个搜索空间集合对应同一种DCI格式。Further optionally, the multiple search space sets correspond to the same DCI format.
进一步可选的,该多个搜索空间集合的检测周期相同,时隙偏置不同。Further optionally, the detection periods of the multiple search space sets are the same, and the time slot offsets are different.
在一种可能的实现方式中,N个第二候选控制信道对应的传输配置指示状态相同或不同。In a possible implementation manner, the transmission configuration indication states corresponding to the N second candidate control channels are the same or different.
在一种可能的实现方式中,N个第二候选控制信道占用的频域位置相同,时域位置不同。In a possible implementation manner, the N second candidate control channels occupy the same frequency domain positions and different time domain positions.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一候选控制信道在频域上占用的带宽和该第二候选控制信道在频域上占用的带宽相同。In a possible implementation manner, the bandwidth occupied by the first candidate control channel in the frequency domain is the same as the bandwidth occupied by the second candidate control channel in the frequency domain.
请参见图17,图17示出了本申请实施例的一种通信装置的结构示意图。图17所示的通信装置可以用于执行上述图13所描述的方法实施例中网络设备的部分或全部功能。该装置可以是网络设备,也可以是网络设备中的装置,或者是能够和终端设备匹配使用的装置。其中,该通信装置还可以为芯片系统。图17所示的通信装置可以包括通信单元1701和处理单元1702。其中:Referring to FIG. 17 , FIG. 17 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application. The communication device shown in FIG. 17 may be used to perform some or all functions of the network device in the method embodiment described in FIG. 13 above. The device may be a network device, or a device in the network device, or a device that can be matched with the terminal device. Wherein, the communication device may also be a system on a chip. The communication device shown in FIG. 17 may include a communication unit 1701 and a processing unit 1702 . in:
处理单元1702,用于确定下行控制信息DCI,该DCI携带第一信息和第二信息,第一信息和第二信息用于终端设备确定该DCI调度的第一物理信道或参考信号的时域资源;第一信息用于确定该DCI结束的时间单元,该第二信息用于确定该DCI结束的时间单元和该第一物理信道开始传输的时间单元之间的时间间隔,或者,第二信息用于确定DCI结束的时间单元和参考信号开始传输的时间单元之间的时间间隔;通信单元1701,用于向终端设备发送DCI。The processing unit 1702 is configured to determine downlink control information DCI, where the DCI carries first information and second information, and the first information and second information are used by the terminal device to determine the time domain resource of the first physical channel or reference signal scheduled by the DCI ; The first information is used to determine the time unit at which the DCI ends, and the second information is used to determine the time interval between the time unit at which the DCI ends and the time unit at which the first physical channel starts to transmit, or the second information uses Determine the time interval between the time unit at which the DCI ends and the time unit at which the reference signal starts to be transmitted; the communication unit 1701 is configured to send the DCI to the terminal device.
通信装置的其他可能的实现方式,可参见上述图13对应的方法实施例中对网络设备功能的相关描述,在此不赘述。For other possible implementation manners of the communication apparatus, reference may be made to the relevant description of the network device functions in the method embodiment corresponding to FIG. 13 above, which will not be repeated here.
请参见图17,图17示出了本申请实施例的一种通信装置的结构示意图。图17所示的通信装置可以用于执行上述图13所描述的方法实施例中终端设备的部分或全部功能。该装置可以是终端设备,也可以是终端设备中的装置,或者是能够和终端设备匹配使用的装置。其中,该通信装置还可以为芯片系统。图17所示的通信装置可以包括通信单元1701和处理单元1702。其中:Referring to FIG. 17 , FIG. 17 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application. The communication apparatus shown in FIG. 17 may be used to perform some or all functions of the terminal device in the method embodiment described in FIG. 13 above. The device may be a terminal device, or a device in the terminal device, or a device that can be matched with the terminal device. Wherein, the communication device may also be a system on a chip. The communication device shown in FIG. 17 may include a communication unit 1701 and a processing unit 1702 . in:
该通信单元1701,用于接收来自网络设备的下行控制信息DCI,该DCI携带第一信息和第二信息,第一信息用于确定DCI结束的时间单元,该第二信息用于确定DCI结束的时间单元和第一物理信道开始传输的时间单元之间的时间间隔,或者,第二信息用于确定DCI结束的时间单元和参考信号开始传输的时间单元之间的时间间隔;该处理单元1702,用于根据第一信息和第二信息确定DCI调度的第一物理信道或参考信号的时域资源。The communication unit 1701 is configured to receive downlink control information DCI from the network device, the DCI carries first information and second information, the first information is used to determine the time unit when the DCI ends, and the second information is used to determine the time unit when the DCI ends The time interval between the time unit and the time unit when the first physical channel starts to transmit, or the second information is used to determine the time interval between the time unit when the DCI ends and the time unit when the reference signal starts to transmit; the processing unit 1702, It is used to determine the time-domain resource of the first physical channel or reference signal scheduled by DCI according to the first information and the second information.
通信装置的其他可能的实现方式,可参见上述图13对应的方法实施例中对终端设备功能的相关描述,在此不赘述。For other possible implementation manners of the communication apparatus, refer to the related description of the functions of the terminal device in the above method embodiment corresponding to FIG. 13 , which will not be repeated here.
请参见图17,图17示出了本申请实施例的一种通信装置的结构示意图。图17所示的通信装置可以用于执行上述图14所描述的方法实施例中网络设备的部分或全部功能。该装置可以是网络设备,也可以是网络设备中的装置,或者是能够和网络设备匹配使用的装置。其中,该通信装置还可以为芯片系统。图17所示的通信装置可以包括通信单元1701和处理单元1702。其中:Referring to FIG. 17 , FIG. 17 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application. The communication apparatus shown in FIG. 17 may be used to perform some or all functions of the network device in the method embodiment described in FIG. 14 above. The device may be a network device, or a device in the network device, or a device that can be matched with the network device. Wherein, the communication device may also be a system on a chip. The communication device shown in FIG. 17 may include a communication unit 1701 and a processing unit 1702 . in:
该处理单元1702,用于确定至少一个第一方向初始部分带宽BWP的频率位置;该通信单元1701,用于向终端设备发送配置信息,所述配置信息用于配置至少一个第一方向初始BWP的频率位置;该处理单元1702,还用于根据至少一个第一方向初始BWP的频率位置确定至少一个第二方向初始BWP的频率位置;该通信单元1701,还用于根据至少一个第一方 向初始BWP的频率位置和至少一个第二方向初始BWP的频率位置与终端设备进行通信。The processing unit 1702 is configured to determine the frequency position of at least one initial partial bandwidth BWP in the first direction; the communication unit 1701 is configured to send configuration information to the terminal device, and the configuration information is used to configure at least one initial BWP in the first direction Frequency position; the processing unit 1702 is further configured to determine the frequency position of at least one initial BWP in the second direction according to the frequency position of at least one initial BWP in the first direction; the communication unit 1701 is also configured to determine the frequency position of at least one initial BWP in the first direction The frequency position and the frequency position of at least one initial BWP in the second direction are communicated with the terminal device.
通信装置的其他可能的实现方式,可参见上述图14对应的方法实施例中对网络设备功能的相关描述,在此不赘述。For other possible implementation manners of the communication apparatus, refer to the relevant description of the network device functions in the above method embodiment corresponding to FIG. 14 , which will not be repeated here.
请参见图17,图17示出了本申请实施例的一种通信装置的结构示意图。图17所示的通信装置可以用于执行上述图14所描述的方法实施例中终端设备的部分或全部功能。该装置可以是终端设备,也可以是终端设备中的装置,或者是能够和终端设备匹配使用的装置。其中,该通信装置还可以为芯片系统。图17所示的通信装置可以包括通信单元1701和处理单元1702。其中:Referring to FIG. 17 , FIG. 17 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application. The communication apparatus shown in FIG. 17 may be used to perform some or all functions of the terminal device in the method embodiment described in FIG. 14 above. The device may be a terminal device, or a device in the terminal device, or a device that can be matched with the terminal device. Wherein, the communication device may also be a system on a chip. The communication device shown in FIG. 17 may include a communication unit 1701 and a processing unit 1702 . in:
该通信单元1701,用于接收网络设备发送的配置信息,所述配置信息用于配置至少一个第一方向初始BWP的频率位置;该处理单元1702,用于根据配置信息确定至少一个第一方向初始部分带宽BWP的频率位置;该处理单元1702,还用于根据至少一个第一方向初始BWP的频率位置确定至少一个第二方向初始BWP的频率位置;该通信单元1701,还用于根据至少一个第一方向初始BWP的频率位置和至少一个第二方向初始BWP的频率位置与网络设备进行通信。The communication unit 1701 is configured to receive configuration information sent by the network device, the configuration information is used to configure the frequency position of at least one initial BWP in the first direction; the processing unit 1702 is configured to determine at least one initial BWP in the first direction according to the configuration information The frequency position of the partial bandwidth BWP; the processing unit 1702 is further configured to determine the frequency position of at least one initial BWP in the second direction according to the frequency position of at least one initial BWP in the first direction; The frequency location of the initial BWP in one direction and the frequency location of at least one initial BWP in the second direction are communicated with the network device.
通信装置的其他可能的实现方式,可参见上述图14对应的方法实施例中对终端设备功能的相关描述,在此不赘述。For other possible implementation manners of the communication apparatus, refer to the relevant description of the functions of the terminal device in the method embodiment corresponding to FIG. 14 above, and details are not described here.
请参见图17,图17示出了本申请实施例的一种通信装置的结构示意图。图17所示的通信装置可以用于执行上述图16所描述的方法实施例中网络设备的部分或全部功能。该装置可以是网络设备,也可以是网络设备中的装置,或者是能够和网络设备匹配使用的装置。其中,该通信装置还可以为芯片系统。图17所示的通信装置可以包括通信单元1701和处理单元1702。其中:Referring to FIG. 17 , FIG. 17 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application. The communication device shown in FIG. 17 may be used to perform some or all functions of the network device in the method embodiment described in FIG. 16 above. The device may be a network device, or a device in the network device, or a device that can be matched with the network device. Wherein, the communication device may also be a system on a chip. The communication device shown in FIG. 17 may include a communication unit 1701 and a processing unit 1702 . in:
该处理单元1702,确定第一初始上行BWP,所述第一初始上行BWP为多个初始BWP中的一个;该通信单元1701,用于向终端设备发送指示信息,该指示信息用于指示所述第一初始上行BWP在所述多个初始上行BWP中的索引。The processing unit 1702 is configured to determine a first initial uplink BWP, and the first initial uplink BWP is one of multiple initial BWPs; the communication unit 1701 is configured to send indication information to a terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate the Indexes of the first initial uplink BWP in the multiple initial uplink BWPs.
通信装置的其他可能的实现方式,可参见上述图16对应的方法实施例中对网络设备功能的相关描述,在此不赘述。For other possible implementation manners of the communication apparatus, reference may be made to the relevant description of the network device functions in the method embodiment corresponding to FIG. 16 above, which will not be repeated here.
请参见图17,图17示出了本申请实施例的一种通信装置的结构示意图。图17所示的通信装置可以用于执行上述图16所描述的方法实施例中终端设备的部分或全部功能。该装置可以是终端设备,也可以是终端设备中的装置,或者是能够和终端设备匹配使用的装置。其中,该通信装置还可以为芯片系统。图17所示的通信装置可以包括通信单元1701和处理单元1702。其中:Referring to FIG. 17 , FIG. 17 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application. The communication apparatus shown in FIG. 17 may be used to perform some or all functions of the terminal device in the method embodiment described in FIG. 16 above. The device may be a terminal device, or a device in the terminal device, or a device that can be matched with the terminal device. Wherein, the communication device may also be a system on a chip. The communication device shown in FIG. 17 may include a communication unit 1701 and a processing unit 1702 . in:
该通信单元1701,用于接收网络设备发送的指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示第一初始上行BWP在多个初始上行BWP中的索引;该处理单元1702,用于基于第一初始上行BWP在多个初始上行BWP中的索引确定该第一初始上行BWP;该处理单元1702,用于基于该第一初始上行BWP向网络设备发起随机接入。The communication unit 1701 is configured to receive indication information sent by the network device, the indication information is used to indicate the index of the first initial uplink BWP in multiple initial uplink BWPs; the processing unit 1702 is configured to The index in the multiple initial uplink BWPs determines the first initial uplink BWP; the processing unit 1702 is configured to initiate random access to the network device based on the first initial uplink BWP.
通信装置的其他可能的实现方式,可参见上述图16对应的方法实施例中对终端设备功能的相关描述,在此不赘述。For other possible implementation manners of the communication apparatus, refer to the relevant description of the functions of the terminal device in the above method embodiment corresponding to FIG. 16 , which will not be repeated here.
图18给出了一种通信装置的结构示意图。所述通信装置1800可以是上述方法实施例中的终端设备,也可以是上述方法实施例中的网络设备,还可以是支持终端设备实现上述方法的芯片、芯片系统、或处理器等,还可以是支持网络设备实现上述方法的芯片、芯片系统、或处理器等。该通信装置可用于实现上述方法实施例中描述的方法,具体可以参见上述方法实施例中的说明。FIG. 18 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device. The communication device 1800 may be the terminal device in the above method embodiment, or the network device in the above method embodiment, or it may be a chip, a chip system, or a processor that supports the terminal device to implement the above method, or it may be It is a chip, a chip system, or a processor that supports the network device to implement the above method. The communication device may be used to implement the methods described in the foregoing method embodiments, and for details, reference may be made to the descriptions in the foregoing method embodiments.
所述通信装置1800可以包括一个或多个处理器1801。所述处理器1801可以是通用处理器或者专用处理器等。例如可以是基带处理器或中央处理器。基带处理器可以用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,中央处理器可以用于对通信装置(如,基站、基带芯片,终端、终端芯片,DU或CU等)进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据。The communication device 1800 may include one or more processors 1801 . The processor 1801 may be a general-purpose processor or a special-purpose processor. For example, it can be a baseband processor or a central processing unit. The baseband processor can be used to process communication protocols and communication data, and the central processing unit can be used to control communication devices (such as base stations, baseband chips, terminals, terminal chips, DU or CU, etc.), execute software programs, and process Data for Software Programs.
可选的,所述通信装置1800中可以包括一个或多个存储器1802,其上可以存有指令1804,所述指令可在所述处理器1801上被运行,使得所述通信装置1800执行上述方法实施例中描述的方法。可选的,所述存储器1802中还可以存储有数据。所述处理器1801和存储器1802可以单独设置,也可以集成在一起。Optionally, the communication device 1800 may include one or more memories 1802, on which instructions 1804 may be stored, and the instructions may be executed on the processor 1801, so that the communication device 1800 executes the above method Methods described in the Examples. Optionally, data may also be stored in the memory 1802 . The processor 1801 and the memory 1802 may be set separately or integrated together.
可选的,所述通信装置1800还可以包括收发器1805、天线1806。所述收发器1805可以称为收发单元、收发机、或收发电路等,用于实现收发功能。收发器1805可以包括接收器和发送器,接收器可以称为接收机或接收电路等,用于实现接收功能;发送器可以称为发送机或发送电路等,用于实现发送功能。Optionally, the communication device 1800 may further include a transceiver 1805 and an antenna 1806 . The transceiver 1805 may be called a transceiver unit, a transceiver, or a transceiver circuit, etc., and is used to implement a transceiver function. The transceiver 1805 may include a receiver and a transmitter, and the receiver may be called a receiver or a receiving circuit for realizing a receiving function; the transmitter may be called a transmitter or a sending circuit for realizing a sending function.
所述通信装置1800为终端设备:处理器1801用于执行上述方法实施例中终端设备的数据处理操作。收发器1805用于执行上述方法实施例中终端设备的数据收发操作。The communication apparatus 1800 is a terminal device: the processor 1801 is configured to execute data processing operations of the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments. The transceiver 1805 is configured to perform data transceiving operations of the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments.
所述通信装置1800为网络设备:处理器1801用于执行上述方法实施例中网络设备的数据处理操作。收发器1805用于执行上述方法实施例中网络设备的数据收发操作。The communication apparatus 1800 is a network device: the processor 1801 is configured to perform data processing operations of the network device in the foregoing method embodiments. The transceiver 1805 is configured to perform the data transceiving operation of the network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
另一种可能的设计中,处理器1801中可以包括用于实现接收和发送功能的收发器。例如该收发器可以是收发电路,或者是接口,或者是接口电路。用于实现接收和发送功能的收发电路、接口或接口电路可以是分开的,也可以集成在一起。上述收发电路、接口或接口电路可以用于代码/数据的读写,或者,上述收发电路、接口或接口电路可以用于信号的传输或传递。In another possible design, the processor 1801 may include a transceiver for implementing receiving and sending functions. For example, the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit, or an interface, or an interface circuit. The transceiver circuits, interfaces or interface circuits for realizing the functions of receiving and sending can be separated or integrated together. The above-mentioned transceiver circuit, interface or interface circuit may be used for reading and writing code/data, or the above-mentioned transceiver circuit, interface or interface circuit may be used for signal transmission or transmission.
又一种可能的设计中,可选的,处理器1801可以存有指令1803,指令1803在处理器1801上运行,可使得所述通信装置1800执行上述方法实施例中描述的方法。指令1803可能固化在处理器1801中,该种情况下,处理器1801可能由硬件实现。In yet another possible design, optionally, the processor 1801 may store instructions 1803, and the instructions 1803 run on the processor 1801, and may cause the communication device 1800 to execute the methods described in the foregoing method embodiments. The instruction 1803 may be fixed in the processor 1801, in this case, the processor 1801 may be implemented by hardware.
又一种可能的设计中,通信装置1800可以包括电路,所述电路可以实现前述方法实施例中发送或接收或者通信的功能。本申请实施例中描述的处理器和收发器可实现在集成电路(integrated circuit,IC)、模拟IC、射频集成电路RFIC、混合信号IC、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、印刷电路板(printed circuit board,PCB)、电子设备等上。该处理器和收发器也可以用各种IC工艺技术来制造,例如互补金属氧化物半导体(complementary metal oxide semiconductor,CMOS)、N型金属氧化物半导体(nMetal-oxide-semiconductor,NMOS)、P型金属氧化物半导体(positive channel metal oxide semiconductor,PMOS)、双极结型晶体管(Bipolar Junction Transistor,BJT)、双极CMOS(BiCMOS)、硅锗(SiGe)、砷化镓(GaAs)等。In yet another possible design, the communication device 1800 may include a circuit, and the circuit may implement the function of sending or receiving or communicating in the foregoing method embodiments. The processor and the transceiver described in the embodiment of the present application can be implemented in integrated circuit (integrated circuit, IC), analog IC, radio frequency integrated circuit RFIC, mixed signal IC, application specific integrated circuit (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), printed circuit board (printed circuit board, PCB), electronic equipment, etc. The processor and transceiver can also be fabricated using various IC process technologies, such as complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), nMetal-oxide-semiconductor (NMOS), P-type Metal oxide semiconductor (positive channel metal oxide semiconductor, PMOS), bipolar junction transistor (Bipolar Junction Transistor, BJT), bipolar CMOS (BiCMOS), silicon germanium (SiGe), gallium arsenide (GaAs), etc.
以上实施例描述中的通信装置可以是终端设备或网络设备,但本申请实施例中描述的通信装置的范围并不限于此,而且通信装置的结构可以不受图18的限制。通信装置可以是独立的设备或者可以是较大设备的一部分。例如所述通信装置可以是:The communication device described in the above embodiments may be a terminal device or a network device, but the scope of the communication device described in the embodiment of this application is not limited thereto, and the structure of the communication device may not be limited by FIG. 18 . A communication device may be a stand-alone device or may be part of a larger device. For example the communication device may be:
(1)独立的集成电路IC,或芯片,或,芯片系统或子系统;(1) Stand-alone integrated circuits ICs, or chips, or chip systems or subsystems;
(2)具有一个或多个IC的集合,可选的,该IC集合也可以包括用于存储数据,指令的存储部件;(2) A set of one or more ICs, optionally, the set of ICs may also include storage components for storing data and instructions;
(3)ASIC,例如调制解调器(MSM);(3) ASIC, such as modem (MSM);
(4)可嵌入在其他设备内的模块;(4) Modules that can be embedded in other devices;
(5)接收机、终端、智能终端、蜂窝电话、无线设备、手持机、移动单元、车载设备、网络设备、云设备、人工智能设备等等;(5) Receivers, terminals, smart terminals, cellular phones, wireless devices, handsets, mobile units, vehicle-mounted devices, network devices, cloud devices, artificial intelligence devices, etc.;
(6)其他等等。(6) Others and so on.
对于通信装置可以是芯片或芯片系统的情况,可参见图19所示的芯片的结构示意图。图19所示的芯片包括处理器1901、接口1902。可选的,还可包括存储器1903。其中,处理器1901的数量可以是一个或多个,接口1902的数量可以是多个。For the case where the communication device may be a chip or a chip system, refer to the schematic structural diagram of the chip shown in FIG. 19 . The chip shown in FIG. 19 includes a processor 1901 and an interface 1902 . Optionally, a memory 1903 may also be included. Wherein, the number of processors 1901 may be one or more, and the number of interfaces 1902 may be more than one.
一种设计中,对于芯片用于实现本申请实施例中终端设备的功能的情况:In one design, for the case where the chip is used to implement the functions of the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application:
所述接口1902,用于接收或输出信号;The interface 1902 is used to receive or output signals;
所述处理器1901,用于执行上述方法实施例中终端设备的数据处理操作。The processor 1901 is configured to execute data processing operations of the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments.
另一种设计中,对于芯片用于实现本申请实施例中网络设备的功能的情况:In another design, for the case where the chip is used to implement the functions of the network device in the embodiment of this application:
所述接口1902,用于接收或输出信号;The interface 1902 is used to receive or output signals;
所述处理器1901,用于执行上述方法实施例中网络设备的数据处理操作。The processor 1901 is configured to execute data processing operations of the network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
可以理解的是,本申请实施例中的一些可选的特征,在某些场景下,可以不依赖于其他特征,比如其当前所基于的方案,而独立实施,解决相应的技术问题,达到相应的效果,也可以在某些场景下,依据需求与其他特征进行结合。相应的,本申请实施例中给出的通信装置也可以相应的实现这些特征或功能,在此不予赘述。It can be understood that, in some scenarios, some optional features in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented independently without depending on other features, such as the current solution on which they are based, to solve corresponding technical problems and achieve corresponding The effect can also be combined with other features according to requirements in some scenarios. Correspondingly, the communication device provided in the embodiment of the present application can also implement these features or functions correspondingly, which will not be repeated here.
应理解,本申请实施例中的处理器可以是一种集成电路芯片,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中,上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其它可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。It should be understood that the processor in this embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip that has a signal processing capability. In the implementation process, each step of the above-mentioned method embodiments may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or instructions in the form of software. The above-mentioned processor can be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), a field programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other possible Program logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components.
可以理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。应注意,本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It can be understood that the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a nonvolatile memory, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile memories. Among them, the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically programmable Erases programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory can be random access memory (RAM), which acts as external cache memory. By way of illustration and not limitation, many forms of RAM are available such as static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM ) and direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM). It should be noted that the memory of the systems and methods described herein is intended to include, but not be limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
本申请还提供了一种计算机可读介质,用于储存计算机软件指令,当所述指令被通信装置执行时,实现上述任一方法实施例的功能。The present application also provides a computer-readable medium for storing computer software instructions, and when the instructions are executed by a communication device, the functions of any one of the above method embodiments are realized.
本申请还提供了一种计算机程序产品,用于储存计算机软件指令,当所述指令被通信装置执行时,实现上述任一方法实施例的功能。The present application also provides a computer program product, which is used for storing computer software instructions, and when the instructions are executed by a communication device, the functions of any one of the above method embodiments are realized.
上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,高密度数字视频光盘(digital video disc,DVD))、或者半导体介质(例如,固态硬盘(solid state disk,SSD))等。In the above embodiments, all or part may be implemented by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application will be generated in whole or in part. The computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server or data center by wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media. The available medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a high-density digital video disc (digital video disc, DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (solid state disk, SSD)) etc.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品,当所述计算机程序产品在处理器上运行时,上述方法实施例的方法流程得以实现。The embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program product. When the computer program product is run on a processor, the method flow of the above method embodiment is realized.
需要说明的是,对于前述的各方法实施例,为了简单描述,故将其都表述为一系列的动作组合,但是本领域技术人员应该知悉,本申请并不受所描述的动作顺序的限制,因为依据本申请,某些操作可以采用其他顺序或者同时进行。其次,本领域技术人员也应该知悉,说明书中所描述的实施例均属于优选实施例,所涉及的动作和模块并不一定是本申请所必须的。It should be noted that for the foregoing method embodiments, for the sake of simple description, they are expressed as a series of action combinations, but those skilled in the art should know that the present application is not limited by the described action sequence. Because of this application, certain operations may be performed in other orders or simultaneously. Secondly, those skilled in the art should also know that the embodiments described in the specification belong to preferred embodiments, and the actions and modules involved are not necessarily required by this application.
本申请提供的各实施例的描述可以相互参照,对各个实施例的描述都各有侧重,某个实施例中没有详述的部分,可以参见其他实施例的相关描述。为描述的方便和简洁,例如关于本申请实施例提供的各装置、设备的功能以及执行的操作可以参照本申请方法实施例的相关描述,各方法实施例之间、各装置实施例之间也可以互相参考、结合或引用。The descriptions of the various embodiments provided in this application can refer to each other, and the descriptions of each embodiment have their own emphases. For the parts that are not described in detail in a certain embodiment, you can refer to the relevant descriptions of other embodiments. For the convenience and brevity of description, for example, regarding the functions and operations of the various devices and devices provided in the embodiments of the present application, reference may be made to the relevant descriptions of the method embodiments of the present application. May be cross-referenced, combined or cited.
最后应说明的是:以上各实施例仅用以说明本申请的技术方案,而非对其限制;尽管参照前述各实施例对本申请进行了详细的说明,本领域的普通技术人员应当理解:其依然可以对前述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改,或者对其中部分或者全部技术特征进行等同替换;而这些修改或者替换,并不使相应技术方案的本质脱离本申请各实施例技术方案的范围。Finally, it should be noted that: the above embodiments are only used to illustrate the technical solutions of the present application, and are not intended to limit it; although the application has been described in detail with reference to the foregoing embodiments, those of ordinary skill in the art should understand that: It is still possible to modify the technical solutions described in the foregoing embodiments, or perform equivalent replacements for some or all of the technical features; and these modifications or replacements do not make the essence of the corresponding technical solutions deviate from the technical solutions of the various embodiments of the present application. scope.

Claims (40)

  1. 一种数据传输的方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A method for data transmission, characterized in that the method comprises:
    网络设备确定第一候选控制信道,所述第一候选控制信道由N个第二候选控制信道组成,所述第一候选控制信道的聚合等级为K,所述第二候选控制信道的聚合等级为M,所述N大于1,所述M小于所述K;The network device determines a first candidate control channel, the first candidate control channel is composed of N second candidate control channels, the aggregation level of the first candidate control channel is K, and the aggregation level of the second candidate control channel is M, the N is greater than 1, and the M is smaller than the K;
    所述网络设备在所述第一候选控制信道向终端设备发送下行控制信息DCI。The network device sends downlink control information DCI to the terminal device on the first candidate control channel.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述DCI携带第一信息和第二信息,所述第一信息和所述第二信息用于所述终端设备确定所述DCI调度的第一物理信道或参考信号的时域资源;The method according to claim 1, wherein the DCI carries first information and second information, and the first information and the second information are used by the terminal device to determine the first information scheduled by the DCI. Time-domain resources of physical channels or reference signals;
    所述第一信息用于确定所述DCI结束的时间单元,所述第二信息用于确定所述DCI结束的时间单元和所述第一物理信道开始传输的时间单元之间的时间间隔,或者,所述第二信息用于确定所述DCI结束的时间单元和所述参考信号开始传输的时间单元之间的时间间隔。The first information is used to determine the time unit at which the DCI ends, and the second information is used to determine the time interval between the time unit at which the DCI ends and the time unit at which the first physical channel starts transmission, or , the second information is used to determine the time interval between the time unit when the DCI ends and the time unit when the reference signal starts to be transmitted.
  3. 一种数据传输的方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A method for data transmission, characterized in that the method comprises:
    终端设备接收来自网络设备的下行控制信息DCI,所述DCI是所述网络设备通过第一候选控制信道发送的,所述第一候选控制信道由N个第二候选控制信道组成,所述第一候选控制信道的聚合等级为K,所述第二候选控制信道的聚合等级为M,所述N大于1,所述M小于所述K;The terminal device receives downlink control information DCI from the network device, the DCI is sent by the network device through a first candidate control channel, the first candidate control channel is composed of N second candidate control channels, and the first The aggregation level of the candidate control channel is K, the aggregation level of the second candidate control channel is M, the N is greater than 1, and the M is smaller than the K;
    所述终端设备根据所述DCI确定所述DCI调度的第一物理信道或参考信号的时域资源。The terminal device determines, according to the DCI, time-domain resources of the first physical channel or reference signal scheduled by the DCI.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述DCI携带第一信息和第二信息,所述第一信息用于确定所述DCI结束的时间单元,所述第二信息用于确定所述DCI结束的时间单元和所述第一物理信道开始传输的时间单元之间的时间间隔,或者,所述第二信息用于确定所述DCI结束的时间单元和所述参考信号开始传输的时间单元之间的时间间隔;The method according to claim 3, wherein the DCI carries first information and second information, the first information is used to determine the time unit at which the DCI ends, and the second information is used to determine the The time interval between the time unit when the DCI ends and the time unit when the first physical channel starts to transmit, or the second information is used to determine the time unit when the DCI ends and the time when the reference signal starts to transmit time interval between units;
    所述终端设备根据所述DCI确定所述DCI调度的第一物理信道或参考信号的时域资源,包括:The terminal device determines the time-domain resources of the first physical channel or reference signal scheduled by the DCI according to the DCI, including:
    所述终端设备根据所述第一信息和所述第二信息确定所述DCI调度的第一物理信道或参考信号的时域资源。The terminal device determines, according to the first information and the second information, time-domain resources of the first physical channel or reference signal scheduled by the DCI.
  5. 根据权利要求1~4中任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述K大于第一阈值。The method according to any one of claims 1-4, characterized in that the K is greater than a first threshold.
  6. 根据权利要求1~5中任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述N、所述M和所述K满足:
    Figure PCTCN2022100588-appb-100001
    Figure PCTCN2022100588-appb-100002
    The method according to any one of claims 1-5, wherein said N, said M and said K satisfy:
    Figure PCTCN2022100588-appb-100001
    or
    Figure PCTCN2022100588-appb-100002
  7. 根据权利要求1~6中任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述N个第二候选控制信道属于同一个搜索空间集合。The method according to any one of claims 1-6, wherein the N second candidate control channels belong to the same set of search spaces.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述N个第二候选控制信道位于同一个时隙内,或者,所述N个第二候选控制信道位于不同时隙内。The method according to claim 7, wherein the N second candidate control channels are located in the same time slot, or the N second candidate control channels are located in different time slots.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述N个第二候选控制信道位于同一个时隙内;The method according to claim 8, wherein the N second candidate control channels are located in the same time slot;
    所述N个第二候选控制信道在同一个时隙内占用连续的正交频分复用OFDM符号,或所述N个第二候选控制信道在同一个时隙内占用不连续的OFDM符号。The N second candidate control channels occupy consecutive OFDM symbols in the same time slot, or the N second candidate control channels occupy discontinuous OFDM symbols in the same time slot.
  10. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述N个第二候选控制信道位于不同时隙内;The method according to claim 8, wherein the N second candidate control channels are located in different time slots;
    所述N个第二候选控制信道位于连续的时隙内。The N second candidate control channels are located in consecutive time slots.
  11. 根据权利要求1~6中任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述N个第二候选控制信道 属于多个搜索空间集合。The method according to any one of claims 1-6, wherein the N second candidate control channels belong to multiple sets of search spaces.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述多个搜索空间集合关联同一个控制资源集合CORESET索引,或者,所述多个搜索空间集合关联不同的CORESET索引。The method according to claim 11, wherein the multiple search space sets are associated with the same control resource set CORESET index, or the multiple search space sets are associated with different CORESET indexes.
  13. 根据权利要求11或12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述多个搜索空间集合对应同一种DCI格式。The method according to claim 11 or 12, wherein the multiple search space sets correspond to the same DCI format.
  14. 根据权利要求11~13中任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述多个搜索空间集合的检测周期相同,时隙偏置不同。The method according to any one of claims 11-13, characterized in that, the detection cycles of the multiple search space sets are the same, and the time slot offsets are different.
  15. 根据权利要求1~14中任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述N个第二候选控制信道对应的传输配置指示状态相同或不同。The method according to any one of claims 1-14, wherein the transmission configuration indication states corresponding to the N second candidate control channels are the same or different.
  16. 根据权利要求1~15中任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述N个第二候选控制信道占用的频域位置相同,时域位置不同。The method according to any one of claims 1-15, wherein the N second candidate control channels occupy the same frequency domain positions and different time domain positions.
  17. 根据权利要求1~16中任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一候选控制信道在频域上占用的带宽和所述第二候选控制信道在频域上占用的带宽相同。The method according to any one of claims 1-16, wherein the bandwidth occupied by the first candidate control channel in the frequency domain is the same as the bandwidth occupied by the second candidate control channel in the frequency domain.
  18. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括通信单元和处理单元,其中:A communication device, characterized in that the communication device includes a communication unit and a processing unit, wherein:
    所述处理单元,用于确定第一候选控制信道,所述第一候选控制信道由N个第二候选控制信道组成,所述第一候选控制信道的聚合等级为K,所述第二候选控制信道的聚合等级为M,所述N大于1,所述M小于所述K;The processing unit is configured to determine a first candidate control channel, the first candidate control channel is composed of N second candidate control channels, the aggregation level of the first candidate control channel is K, and the second candidate control channel The aggregation level of the channel is M, the N is greater than 1, and the M is less than the K;
    所述通信单元,用于在所述第一候选控制信道向终端设备发送下行控制信息DCI。The communication unit is configured to send downlink control information DCI to the terminal device on the first candidate control channel.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述DCI携带第一信息和第二信息,所述第一信息和所述第二信息用于所述终端设备确定所述DCI调度的第一物理信道或参考信号的时域资源;The communication device according to claim 18, wherein the DCI carries first information and second information, and the first information and the second information are used by the terminal device to determine the first information scheduled by the DCI. a time-domain resource of a physical channel or a reference signal;
    所述第一信息用于确定所述DCI结束的时间单元,所述第二信息用于确定所述DCI结束的时间单元和所述第一物理信道开始传输的时间单元之间的时间间隔,或者,所述第二信息用于确定所述DCI结束的时间单元和所述参考信号开始传输的时间单元之间的时间间隔。The first information is used to determine the time unit at which the DCI ends, and the second information is used to determine the time interval between the time unit at which the DCI ends and the time unit at which the first physical channel starts transmission, or , the second information is used to determine the time interval between the time unit when the DCI ends and the time unit when the reference signal starts to be transmitted.
  20. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括通信单元和处理单元,其中:A communication device, characterized in that the communication device includes a communication unit and a processing unit, wherein:
    所述通信单元,用于接收来自网络设备的下行控制信息DCI,所述DCI是所述网络设备通过第一候选控制信道发送的,所述第一候选控制信道由N个第二候选控制信道组成,所述第一候选控制信道的聚合等级为K,所述第二候选控制信道的聚合等级为M,所述N大于1,所述M小于所述K;The communication unit is configured to receive downlink control information DCI from the network device, the DCI is sent by the network device through a first candidate control channel, and the first candidate control channel is composed of N second candidate control channels , the aggregation level of the first candidate control channel is K, the aggregation level of the second candidate control channel is M, the N is greater than 1, and the M is less than the K;
    所述处理单元,用于根据所述DCI确定所述DCI调度的第一物理信道或参考信号的时域资源。The processing unit is configured to determine, according to the DCI, time-domain resources of the first physical channel or reference signal scheduled by the DCI.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述DCI携带第一信息和第二信息,所述第一信息用于确定所述DCI结束的时间单元,所述第二信息用于确定所述DCI结束的时间单元和所述第一物理信道开始传输的时间单元之间的时间间隔,或者,所述第二信息用于确定所述DCI结束的时间单元和所述参考信号开始传输的时间单元之间的时间间隔;The communication device according to claim 20, wherein the DCI carries first information and second information, the first information is used to determine the time unit at which the DCI ends, and the second information is used to determine The time interval between the time unit at which the DCI ends and the time unit at which the first physical channel starts to transmit, or the second information is used to determine the time unit at which the DCI ends and the time unit at which the reference signal starts to transmit time interval between time units;
    所述处理单元,用于根据所述DCI确定所述DCI调度的第一物理信道或参考信号的时域资源,包括:The processing unit is configured to determine the time-domain resources of the first physical channel or reference signal scheduled by the DCI according to the DCI, including:
    所述处理单元,用于根据所述第一信息和所述第二信息确定所述DCI调度的第一物理信道或参考信号的时域资源。The processing unit is configured to determine, according to the first information and the second information, time-domain resources of the first physical channel or reference signal scheduled by the DCI.
  22. 根据权利要求18~21中任意一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述K大于第一阈值。The communication device according to any one of claims 18-21, wherein the K is greater than a first threshold.
  23. 根据权利要求18~22中任意一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述N、所述M和所 述K满足:
    Figure PCTCN2022100588-appb-100003
    Figure PCTCN2022100588-appb-100004
    The communication device according to any one of claims 18-22, wherein the N, the M, and the K satisfy:
    Figure PCTCN2022100588-appb-100003
    or
    Figure PCTCN2022100588-appb-100004
  24. 根据权利要求18~23中任意一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述N个第二候选控制信道属于同一个搜索空间集合。The communication device according to any one of claims 18-23, wherein the N second candidate control channels belong to the same set of search spaces.
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述N个第二候选控制信道位于同一个时隙内,或者,所述N个第二候选控制信道位于不同时隙内。The communication device according to claim 24, wherein the N second candidate control channels are located in the same time slot, or the N second candidate control channels are located in different time slots.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述N个第二候选控制信道位于同一个时隙内;The communication device according to claim 25, wherein the N second candidate control channels are located in the same time slot;
    所述N个第二候选控制信道在同一个时隙内占用连续的正交频分复用OFDM符号,或所述N个第二候选控制信道在同一个时隙内占用不连续的OFDM符号。The N second candidate control channels occupy consecutive OFDM symbols in the same time slot, or the N second candidate control channels occupy discontinuous OFDM symbols in the same time slot.
  27. 根据权利要求25所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述N个第二候选控制信道位于不同时隙内;The communication device according to claim 25, wherein the N second candidate control channels are located in different time slots;
    所述N个第二候选控制信道位于连续的时隙。The N second candidate control channels are located in consecutive time slots.
  28. 根据权利要求18~23中任意一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述N个第二候选控制信道属于多个搜索空间集合。The communication device according to any one of claims 18-23, wherein the N second candidate control channels belong to multiple sets of search spaces.
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述多个搜索空间集合关联同一个控制资源集合CORESET索引,或者,所述多个搜索空间集合关联不同的CORESET索引。The communication device according to claim 28, wherein the multiple search space sets are associated with the same control resource set CORESET index, or the multiple search space sets are associated with different CORESET indexes.
  30. 根据权利要求28或29所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述多个搜索空间集合对应同一种DCI格式。The communication device according to claim 28 or 29, wherein the multiple search space sets correspond to the same DCI format.
  31. 根据权利要求28~30中任意一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述多个搜索空间集合的检测周期相同,时隙偏置不同。The communication device according to any one of claims 28 to 30, wherein the detection periods of the plurality of search space sets are the same, and the time slot offsets are different.
  32. 根据权利要求28~31中任意一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述N个第二候选控制信道对应的传输配置指示状态相同或不同。The communication device according to any one of claims 28-31, wherein the transmission configuration indication states corresponding to the N second candidate control channels are the same or different.
  33. 根据权利要求18~32中任意一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述N个第二候选控制信道占用的频域位置相同,时域位置不同。The communication device according to any one of claims 18-32, wherein the N second candidate control channels occupy the same frequency domain positions and different time domain positions.
  34. 根据权利要求18~33中任意一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一候选控制信道在频域上占用的带宽和所述第二候选控制信道在频域上占用的带宽相同。The communication device according to any one of claims 18-33, wherein the bandwidth occupied by the first candidate control channel in the frequency domain is the same as the bandwidth occupied by the second candidate control channel in the frequency domain .
  35. 一种通信装置,所述通信装置包括处理器,当所述处理器执行存储器中的计算机程序时,如权利要求1~17中任意一项所述的方法被执行。A communication device, the communication device comprising a processor, when the processor executes the computer program in the memory, the method according to any one of claims 1-17 is performed.
  36. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器和存储器;A communication device, characterized in that it includes a processor and a memory;
    所述存储器用于存储计算机执行指令;The memory is used to store computer-executable instructions;
    所述处理器用于执行所述存储器所存储的计算机执行指令,以使所述通信装置执行如权利要求1~17中任一项所述的方法。The processor is configured to execute computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the communication device executes the method according to any one of claims 1-17.
  37. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器、存储器和收发器;A communication device, characterized in that it includes a processor, a memory, and a transceiver;
    所述收发器,用于接收信号或者发送信号;The transceiver is used to receive signals or send signals;
    所述存储器,用于存储计算机程序;The memory is used to store computer programs;
    所述处理器,用于从所述存储器调用所述计算机程序执行如权利要求1~17中任一项所述的方法。The processor is configured to call the computer program from the memory to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-17.
  38. 一种芯片,其特征在于,包括处理器和接口;A chip, characterized in that it includes a processor and an interface;
    所述通信接口用于接收或输出信号;The communication interface is used to receive or output signals;
    所述处理器用于运行程序,以使得所述通信装置实现如权利要求1~17中任一项所述的方法。The processor is used to run a program, so that the communication device implements the method according to any one of claims 1-17.
  39. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机存储介质中存储有计算机可读指令,当所述计算机可读指令在通信装置上运行时,使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求1~17中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that computer-readable instructions are stored in the computer-readable medium, and when the computer-readable instructions are run on the communication device, the communication device is made to execute the following claims 1- The method of any one of 17.
  40. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,当计算机读取并执行所述计算机程序产品时,使得计算机执行权利要求1~17中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, characterized in that when the computer reads and executes the computer program product, the computer is made to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-17.
PCT/CN2022/100588 2021-07-09 2022-06-22 Data transmission method and communication apparatus WO2023279969A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202110781014.1A CN115604831A (en) 2021-07-09 2021-07-09 Data transmission method and communication device
CN202110781014.1 2021-07-09

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023279969A1 true WO2023279969A1 (en) 2023-01-12

Family

ID=84800359

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/100588 WO2023279969A1 (en) 2021-07-09 2022-06-22 Data transmission method and communication apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN115604831A (en)
WO (1) WO2023279969A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108401294A (en) * 2017-02-04 2018-08-14 华为技术有限公司 Control method of sending and receiving, access network equipment and the terminal device of information
CN109792372A (en) * 2017-01-27 2019-05-21 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Transmit the method and apparatus of signal
CN112423392A (en) * 2019-08-23 2021-02-26 华为技术有限公司 Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) transmission method and device
US20210136770A1 (en) * 2017-09-07 2021-05-06 Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha Terminal apparatus, base station apparatus, and communication method

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109792372A (en) * 2017-01-27 2019-05-21 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Transmit the method and apparatus of signal
CN108401294A (en) * 2017-02-04 2018-08-14 华为技术有限公司 Control method of sending and receiving, access network equipment and the terminal device of information
US20210136770A1 (en) * 2017-09-07 2021-05-06 Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha Terminal apparatus, base station apparatus, and communication method
CN112423392A (en) * 2019-08-23 2021-02-26 华为技术有限公司 Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) transmission method and device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN115604831A (en) 2023-01-13

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11671973B2 (en) 5G NR data delivery for flexible radio services
CN110475374B (en) Communication method and communication device
WO2019096277A1 (en) Carrier switching method, device and system for multi-carrier communication
US20170374607A1 (en) Device and Method for Handling Dual Cellular System Aggregation
KR101251032B1 (en) Method of handling semi-persistent scheduling cell radio network temporary identifier and related communication device
US20230189225A1 (en) Method for Enhancing Physical Downlink Control Channel, Communication Apparatus, and System
EP3874644B1 (en) Feedback signaling for sidelink
CN109152029B (en) Communication method, network equipment and user equipment
JP6900501B2 (en) Data transmission method, terminal equipment and network equipment
JP2023537067A (en) Frequency domain resource determination method, device and storage medium
US20220022210A1 (en) Method and apparatus for determining transmission priority between relay data and uplink physical signal in nr v2x
US20230345525A1 (en) Random access method, and electronic device and storage medium
US20240080906A1 (en) Method and device used in communication node for wireless communication
US20230361949A1 (en) Method and device used in communication node used for wireless communication
JP2023512807A (en) Method and apparatus for supporting reduced capacity devices in wireless communications
TWI698145B (en) Device and method of handling scheduling request for logical channel
US20190082480A1 (en) Device and Method of Handling a Radio Resource Control Connection
WO2023279969A1 (en) Data transmission method and communication apparatus
WO2020030290A1 (en) Apparatus, method and computer program
CN112970214B (en) Feedback signaling for side links
WO2024011632A1 (en) Resource configuration method and apparatus, device, and storage medium
WO2021259138A1 (en) Uplink signal sending method, apparatus, and system
WO2022218063A1 (en) Random access method, communication apparatus and communication system
EP4329413A1 (en) Method and apparatus for coexistence of sl communications based on different rats in nr v2x
WO2023150911A1 (en) Methods and apparatuses for sidelink transmission on unlicensed spectrum

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22836723

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE